#
d80a5233 |
|
27-Jan-2024 |
Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> |
ethtool: replace struct ethtool_eee with a new struct ethtool_keee on kernel side In order to pass EEE link modes beyond bit 32 to userspace we have to complement the 32 bit bitmaps in struct ethtool_eee with linkmode bitmaps. Therefore, similar to ethtool_link_settings and ethtool_link_ksettings, add a struct ethtool_keee. In a first step it's an identical copy of ethtool_eee. This patch simply does a s/ethtool_eee/ethtool_keee/g for all users. No functional change intended. Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6ca80638 |
|
23-Oct-2023 |
Florian Fainelli <florian.fainelli@broadcom.com> |
net: dsa: Use conduit and user terms Use more inclusive terms throughout the DSA subsystem by moving away from "master" which is replaced by "conduit" and "slave" which is replaced by "user". No functional changes. Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org> Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <florian.fainelli@broadcom.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231023181729.1191071-2-florian.fainelli@broadcom.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
6715042c |
|
22-Sep-2023 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: notify drivers of MAC address changes on user ports In some cases, drivers may need to veto the changing of a MAC address on a user port. Such is the case with KSZ9477 when it offloads a HSR device, because it programs the MAC address of multiple ports to a shared hardware register. Those ports need to have equal MAC addresses for the lifetime of the HSR offload. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <florian.fainelli@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
|
#
fefe5dc4 |
|
22-Sep-2023 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: propagate extack to ds->ops->port_hsr_join() Drivers can provide meaningful error messages which state a reason why they can't perform an offload, and dsa_slave_changeupper() already has the infrastructure to propagate these over netlink rather than printing to the kernel log. So pass the extack argument and modify the xrs700x driver's port_hsr_join() prototype. Also take the opportunity and use the extack for the 2 -EOPNOTSUPP cases from xrs700x_hsr_join(). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <florian.fainelli@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
|
#
a88dd753 |
|
14-Jul-2023 |
Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> |
net: dsa: remove legacy_pre_march2020 detection All drivers are now updated for the March 2020 changes, and no longer make use of the mac_pcs_get_state() or mac_an_restart() operations, which are now NULL across all DSA drivers. All DSA drivers don't look at speed, duplex, pause or advertisement in their phylink_mac_config() method either. Remove support for these operations from DSA, and stop marking DSA as a legacy driver by default. Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <florian.fainelli@broadcom.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
|
#
d06f925f |
|
26-Jun-2023 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: avoid suspicious RCU usage for synced VLAN-aware MAC addresses When using the felix driver (the only one which supports UC filtering and MC filtering) as a DSA master for a random other DSA switch, one can see the following stack trace when the downstream switch ports join a VLAN-aware bridge: ============================= WARNING: suspicious RCU usage ----------------------------- net/8021q/vlan_core.c:238 suspicious rcu_dereference_protected() usage! stack backtrace: Workqueue: dsa_ordered dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work Call trace: lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0x170/0x210 vlan_for_each+0x8c/0x188 dsa_slave_sync_uc+0x128/0x178 __hw_addr_sync_dev+0x138/0x158 dsa_slave_set_rx_mode+0x58/0x70 __dev_set_rx_mode+0x88/0xa8 dev_uc_add+0x74/0xa0 dsa_port_bridge_host_fdb_add+0xec/0x180 dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work+0x7c/0x1c8 process_one_work+0x290/0x568 What it's saying is that vlan_for_each() expects rtnl_lock() context and it's not getting it, when it's called from the DSA master's ndo_set_rx_mode(). The caller of that - dsa_slave_set_rx_mode() - is the slave DSA interface's dsa_port_bridge_host_fdb_add() which comes from the deferred dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work(). We went to great lengths to avoid the rtnl_lock() context in that call path in commit 0faf890fc519 ("net: dsa: drop rtnl_lock from dsa_slave_switchdev_event_work"), and calling rtnl_lock() is simply not an option due to the possibility of deadlocking when calling dsa_flush_workqueue() from the call paths that do hold rtnl_lock() - basically all of them. So, when the DSA master calls vlan_for_each() from its ndo_set_rx_mode(), the state of the 8021q driver on this device is really not protected from concurrent access by anything. Looking at net/8021q/, I don't think that vlan_info->vid_list was particularly designed with RCU traversal in mind, so introducing an RCU read-side form of vlan_for_each() - vlan_for_each_rcu() - won't be so easy, and it also wouldn't be exactly what we need anyway. In general I believe that the solution isn't in net/8021q/ anyway; vlan_for_each() is not cut out for this task. DSA doesn't need rtnl_lock() to be held per se - since it's not a netdev state change that we're blocking, but rather, just concurrent additions/removals to a VLAN list. We don't even need sleepable context - the callback of vlan_for_each() just schedules deferred work. The proposed escape is to remove the dependency on vlan_for_each() and to open-code a non-sleepable, rtnl-free alternative to that, based on copies of the VLAN list modified from .ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid() and .ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid(). Fixes: 64fdc5f341db ("net: dsa: sync unicast and multicast addresses for VLAN filters too") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230626154402.3154454-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
b79d7c14 |
|
17-Jun-2023 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: introduce preferred_default_local_cpu_port and use on MT7530 Since the introduction of the OF bindings, DSA has always had a policy that in case multiple CPU ports are present in the device tree, the numerically smallest one is always chosen. The MT7530 switch family, except the switch on the MT7988 SoC, has 2 CPU ports, 5 and 6, where port 6 is preferable on the MT7531BE switch because it has higher bandwidth. The MT7530 driver developers had 3 options: - to modify DSA when the MT7531 switch support was introduced, such as to prefer the better port - to declare both CPU ports in device trees as CPU ports, and live with the sub-optimal performance resulting from not preferring the better port - to declare just port 6 in the device tree as a CPU port Of course they chose the path of least resistance (3rd option), kicking the can down the road. The hardware description in the device tree is supposed to be stable - developers are not supposed to adopt the strategy of piecemeal hardware description, where the device tree is updated in lockstep with the features that the kernel currently supports. Now, as a result of the fact that they did that, any attempts to modify the device tree and describe both CPU ports as CPU ports would make DSA change its default selection from port 6 to 5, effectively resulting in a performance degradation visible to users with the MT7531BE switch as can be seen below. Without preferring port 6: [ ID][Role] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5][TX-C] 0.00-20.00 sec 374 MBytes 157 Mbits/sec 734 sender [ 5][TX-C] 0.00-20.00 sec 373 MBytes 156 Mbits/sec receiver [ 7][RX-C] 0.00-20.00 sec 1.81 GBytes 778 Mbits/sec 0 sender [ 7][RX-C] 0.00-20.00 sec 1.81 GBytes 777 Mbits/sec receiver With preferring port 6: [ ID][Role] Interval Transfer Bitrate Retr [ 5][TX-C] 0.00-20.00 sec 1.99 GBytes 856 Mbits/sec 273 sender [ 5][TX-C] 0.00-20.00 sec 1.99 GBytes 855 Mbits/sec receiver [ 7][RX-C] 0.00-20.00 sec 1.72 GBytes 737 Mbits/sec 15 sender [ 7][RX-C] 0.00-20.00 sec 1.71 GBytes 736 Mbits/sec receiver Using one port for WAN and the other ports for LAN is a very popular use case which is what this test emulates. As such, this change proposes that we retroactively modify stable kernels (which don't support the modification of the CPU port assignments, so as to let user space fix the problem and restore the throughput) to keep the mt7530 driver preferring port 6 even with device trees where the hardware is more fully described. Fixes: c288575f7810 ("net: dsa: mt7530: Add the support of MT7531 switch") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com> Reviewed-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <florian.fainelli@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
dd805cf3 |
|
25-May-2023 |
Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> |
net: dsa: add support for mac_prepare() and mac_finish() calls Add DSA support for the phylink mac_prepare() and mac_finish() calls. These were introduced as part of the PCS support to allow MACs to perform preparatory steps prior to configuration, and finalisation steps after the MAC and PCS has been configured. Introducing phylink_pcs support to the mv88e6xxx DSA driver needs some code moved out of its mac_config() stage into the mac_prepare() and mac_finish() stages, and this commit facilitates such code in DSA drivers. Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@corigine.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
88c0a6b5 |
|
02-Apr-2023 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: create a netdev notifier for DSA to reject PTP on DSA master The fact that PTP 2-step TX timestamping is broken on DSA switches if the master also timestamps the same packets is documented by commit f685e609a301 ("net: dsa: Deny PTP on master if switch supports it"). We attempt to help the users avoid shooting themselves in the foot by making DSA reject the timestamping ioctls on an interface that is a DSA master, and the switch tree beneath it contains switches which are aware of PTP. The only problem is that there isn't an established way of intercepting ndo_eth_ioctl calls, so DSA creates avoidable burden upon the network stack by creating a struct dsa_netdevice_ops with overlaid function pointers that are manually checked from the relevant call sites. There used to be 2 such dsa_netdevice_ops, but now, ndo_eth_ioctl is the only one left. There is an ongoing effort to migrate driver-visible hardware timestamping control from the ndo_eth_ioctl() based API to a new ndo_hwtstamp_set() model, but DSA actively prevents that migration, since dsa_master_ioctl() is currently coded to manually call the master's legacy ndo_eth_ioctl(), and so, whenever a network device driver would be converted to the new API, DSA's restrictions would be circumvented, because any device could be used as a DSA master. The established way for unrelated modules to react on a net device event is via netdevice notifiers. So we create a new notifier which gets called whenever there is an attempt to change hardware timestamping settings on a device. Finally, there is another reason why a netdev notifier will be a good idea, besides strictly DSA, and this has to do with PHY timestamping. With ndo_eth_ioctl(), all MAC drivers must manually call phy_has_hwtstamp() before deciding whether to act upon SIOCSHWTSTAMP, otherwise they must pass this ioctl to the PHY driver via phy_mii_ioctl(). With the new ndo_hwtstamp_set() API, it will be desirable to simply not make any calls into the MAC device driver when timestamping should be performed at the PHY level. But there exist drivers, such as the lan966x switch, which need to install packet traps for PTP regardless of whether they are the layer that provides the hardware timestamps, or the PHY is. That would be impossible to support with the new API. The proposal there, too, is to introduce a netdev notifier which acts as a better cue for switching drivers to add or remove PTP packet traps, than ndo_hwtstamp_set(). The one introduced here "almost" works there as well, except for the fact that packet traps should only be installed if the PHY driver succeeded to enable hardware timestamping, whereas here, we need to deny hardware timestamping on the DSA master before it actually gets enabled. This is why this notifier is called "PRE_", and the notifier that would get used for PHY timestamping and packet traps would be called NETDEV_CHANGE_HWTSTAMP. This isn't a new concept, for example NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER and NETDEV_PRECHANGEUPPER do the same thing. In expectation of future netlink UAPI, we also pass a non-NULL extack pointer to the netdev notifier, and we make DSA populate it with an informative reason for the rejection. To avoid making it go to waste, we make the ioctl-based dev_set_hwtstamp() create a fake extack and print the message to the kernel log. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20230401191215.tvveoi3lkawgg6g4@skbuf/ Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20230310164451.ls7bbs6pdzs4m6pw@skbuf/ Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5f6c2d49 |
|
19-Jan-2023 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: add plumbing for changing and getting MAC merge layer state The DSA core is in charge of the ethtool_ops of the net devices associated with switch ports, so in case a hardware driver supports the MAC merge layer, DSA must pass the callbacks through to the driver. Add support for precisely that. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
19d05ea7 |
|
21-Nov-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: move tag_8021q headers to their proper place tag_8021q definitions are all over the place. Some are exported to linux/dsa/8021q.h (visible by DSA core, taggers, switch drivers and everyone else), and some are in dsa_priv.h. Move the structures that don't need external visibility into tag_8021q.c, and the ones which don't need the world or switch drivers to see them into tag_8021q.h. We also have the tag_8021q.h inclusion from switch.c, which is basically the entire reason why tag_8021q.c was built into DSA in commit 8b6e638b4be2 ("net: dsa: build tag_8021q.c as part of DSA core"). I still don't know how to better deal with that, so leave it alone. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
c5fb8ead |
|
21-Nov-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: unexport dsa_dev_to_net_device() dsa.o and dsa2.o are linked into the same dsa_core.o, there is no reason to export this symbol when its only caller is local. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
9999f85b |
|
14-Nov-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: stop exposing tag proto module helpers to the world The DSA tagging protocol driver macros are in the public include/net/dsa.h probably because that's also where the DSA_TAG_PROTO_*_VALUE macros are (MODULE_ALIAS_DSA_TAG_DRIVER hinges on those macro definitions). But there is no reason to expose these helpers to <net/dsa.h>. That header is shared between switch drivers (drivers/net/dsa/), tagging protocol drivers (net/dsa/tag_*.c), the DSA core (net/dsa/ sans tag_*.c), and the rest of the world (DSA master drivers, network stack, etc). Too much exposure. On the other hand, net/dsa/dsa_priv.h is included only by the DSA core and by DSA tagging protocol drivers (or IOW, "friend" modules). Also a bit too much exposure - I've contemplated creating a new header which is only included by tagging protocol drivers, but completely separating a new dsa_tag_proto.h from dsa_priv.h is not immediately trivial - for example dsa_slave_to_port() is used both from the fast path and from the control path. So for now, move these definitions to dsa_priv.h which at least hides them from the world. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
53d04b98 |
|
14-Nov-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: remove phylink_validate() method As of now, no DSA driver uses a custom link mode validation procedure anymore. So remove this DSA operation and let phylink determine what is supported based on config->mac_capabilities (if provided by the driver). Leave a comment why we left the code that we did, and that there is more work to do. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
61e4a516 |
|
29-Sep-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: remove bool devlink_port_setup Since dsa_port_devlink_setup() and dsa_port_devlink_teardown() are already called from code paths which only execute once per port (due to the existing bool dp->setup), keeping another dp->devlink_port_setup is redundant, because we can already manage to balance the calls properly (and not call teardown when setup was never called, or call setup twice, or things like that). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
acc43b7b |
|
10-Sep-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: allow masters to join a LAG There are 2 ways in which a DSA user port may become handled by 2 CPU ports in a LAG: (1) its current DSA master joins a LAG ip link del bond0 && ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad ip link set eno2 master bond0 When this happens, all user ports with "eno2" as DSA master get automatically migrated to "bond0" as DSA master. (2) it is explicitly configured as such by the user # Before, the DSA master was eno3 ip link set swp0 type dsa master bond0 The design of this configuration is that the LAG device dynamically becomes a DSA master through dsa_master_setup() when the first physical DSA master becomes a LAG slave, and stops being so through dsa_master_teardown() when the last physical DSA master leaves. A LAG interface is considered as a valid DSA master only if it contains existing DSA masters, and no other lower interfaces. Therefore, we mainly rely on method (1) to enter this configuration. Each physical DSA master (LAG slave) retains its dev->dsa_ptr for when it becomes a standalone DSA master again. But the LAG master also has a dev->dsa_ptr, and this is actually duplicated from one of the physical LAG slaves, and therefore needs to be balanced when LAG slaves come and go. To the switch driver, putting DSA masters in a LAG is seen as putting their associated CPU ports in a LAG. We need to prepare cross-chip host FDB notifiers for CPU ports in a LAG, by calling the driver's ->lag_fdb_add method rather than ->port_fdb_add. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
|
#
2e359b00 |
|
10-Sep-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: propagate extack to port_lag_join Drivers could refuse to offload a LAG configuration for a variety of reasons, mainly having to do with its TX type. Additionally, since DSA masters may now also be LAG interfaces, and this will translate into a call to port_lag_join on the CPU ports, there may be extra restrictions there. Propagate the netlink extack to this DSA method in order for drivers to give a meaningful error message back to the user. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
|
#
95f510d0 |
|
10-Sep-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: allow the DSA master to be seen and changed through rtnetlink Some DSA switches have multiple CPU ports, which can be used to improve CPU termination throughput, but DSA, through dsa_tree_setup_cpu_ports(), sets up only the first one, leading to suboptimal use of hardware. The desire is to not change the default configuration but to permit the user to create a dynamic mapping between individual user ports and the CPU port that they are served by, configurable through rtnetlink. It is also intended to permit load balancing between CPU ports, and in that case, the foreseen model is for the DSA master to be a bonding interface whose lowers are the physical DSA masters. To that end, we create a struct rtnl_link_ops for DSA user ports with the "dsa" kind. We expose the IFLA_DSA_MASTER link attribute that contains the ifindex of the newly desired DSA master. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
|
#
8f6a19c0 |
|
10-Sep-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: introduce dsa_port_get_master() There is a desire to support for DSA masters in a LAG. That configuration is intended to work by simply enslaving the master to a bonding/team device. But the physical DSA master (the LAG slave) still has a dev->dsa_ptr, and that cpu_dp still corresponds to the physical CPU port. However, we would like to be able to retrieve the LAG that's the upper of the physical DSA master. In preparation for that, introduce a helper called dsa_port_get_master() that replaces all occurrences of the dp->cpu_dp->master pattern. The distinction between LAG and non-LAG will be made later within the helper itself. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
|
#
5dc760d1 |
|
19-Aug-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: use dsa_tree_for_each_cpu_port in dsa_tree_{setup,teardown}_master More logic will be added to dsa_tree_setup_master() and dsa_tree_teardown_master() in upcoming changes. Reduce the indentation by one level in these functions by introducing and using a dedicated iterator for CPU ports of a tree. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com>
|
#
092f8751 |
|
01-Jul-2022 |
Prasanna Vengateshan <prasanna.vengateshan@microchip.com> |
net: dsa: tag_ksz: add tag handling for Microchip LAN937x The Microchip LAN937X switches have a tagging protocol which is very similar to KSZ tagging. So that the implementation is added to tag_ksz.c and reused common APIs Signed-off-by: Prasanna Vengateshan <prasanna.vengateshan@microchip.com> Signed-off-by: Arun Ramadoss <arun.ramadoss@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3d410403 |
|
28-Jun-2022 |
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> |
net: dsa: add get_pause_stats support Add support for pause stats Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
a08d6a6d |
|
24-Jun-2022 |
Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com> |
net: dsa: add Renesas RZ/N1 switch tag driver The switch that is present on the Renesas RZ/N1 SoC uses a specific VLAN value followed by 6 bytes which contains forwarding configuration. Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
67f38b1c |
|
24-Jun-2022 |
Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com> |
net: dsa: add support for ethtool get_rmon_stats() Add support to allow dsa drivers to specify the .get_rmon_stats() operation. Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
bacf93b0 |
|
10-May-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: remove port argument from ->change_tag_protocol() DSA has not supported (and probably will not support in the future either) independent tagging protocols per CPU port. Different switch drivers have different requirements, some may need to replicate some settings for each CPU port, some may need to apply some settings on a single CPU port, while some may have to configure some global settings and then some per-CPU-port settings. In any case, the current model where DSA calls ->change_tag_protocol for each CPU port turns out to be impractical for drivers where there are global things to be done. For example, felix calls dsa_tag_8021q_register(), which makes no sense per CPU port, so it suppresses the second call. Let drivers deal with replication towards all CPU ports, and remove the CPU port argument from the function prototype. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Acked-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
72c3b0c7 |
|
10-May-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: felix: manage host flooding using a specific driver callback At the time - commit 7569459a52c9 ("net: dsa: manage flooding on the CPU ports") - not introducing a dedicated switch callback for host flooding made sense, because for the only user, the felix driver, there was nothing different to do for the CPU port than set the flood flags on the CPU port just like on any other bridge port. There are 2 reasons why this approach is not good enough, however. (1) Other drivers, like sja1105, support configuring flooding as a function of {ingress port, egress port}, whereas the DSA ->port_bridge_flags() function only operates on an egress port. So with that driver we'd have useless host flooding from user ports which don't need it. (2) Even with the felix driver, support for multiple CPU ports makes it difficult to piggyback on ->port_bridge_flags(). The way in which the felix driver is going to support host-filtered addresses with multiple CPU ports is that it will direct these addresses towards both CPU ports (in a sort of multicast fashion), then restrict the forwarding to only one of the two using the forwarding masks. Consequently, flooding will also be enabled towards both CPU ports. However, ->port_bridge_flags() gets passed the index of a single CPU port, and that leaves the flood settings out of sync between the 2 CPU ports. This is to say, it's better to have a specific driver method for host flooding, which takes the user port as argument. This solves problem (1) by allowing the driver to do different things for different user ports, and problem (2) by abstracting the operation and letting the driver do whatever, rather than explicitly making the DSA core point to the CPU port it thinks needs to be touched. This new method also creates a problem, which is that cross-chip setups are not handled. However I don't have hardware right now where I can test what is the proper thing to do, and there isn't hardware compatible with multi-switch trees that supports host flooding. So it remains a problem to be tackled in the future. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
465c3de4 |
|
10-May-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: introduce the dsa_cpu_ports() helper Similar to dsa_user_ports() which retrieves a port mask of all user ports, introduce dsa_cpu_ports() which retrieves the mask of all CPU ports of a switch. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
fe5233b0 |
|
05-May-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: delete dsa_port_walk_{fdbs,mdbs} All the users of these functions are gone, delete them before they gain new ones. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
0148bb50 |
|
16-Mar-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: pass extack to dsa_switch_ops :: port_mirror_add() Drivers might have error messages to propagate to user space, most common being that they support a single mirror port. Propagate the netlink extack so that they can inform user space in a verbal way of their limitations. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
7414af30 |
|
16-Mar-2022 |
Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> |
net: dsa: Handle MST state changes Add the usual trampoline functionality from the generic DSA layer down to the drivers for MST state changes. When a state changes to disabled/blocking/listening, make sure to fast age any dynamic entries in the affected VLANs (those controlled by the MSTI in question). Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
8e6598a7 |
|
16-Mar-2022 |
Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> |
net: dsa: Pass VLAN MSTI migration notifications to driver Add the usual trampoline functionality from the generic DSA layer down to the drivers for VLAN MSTI migrations. Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
47d75f78 |
|
11-Mar-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: report and change port dscp priority using dcbnl Similar to the port-based default priority, IEEE 802.1Q-2018 allows the Application Priority Table to define QoS classes (0 to 7) per IP DSCP value (0 to 63). In the absence of an app table entry for a packet with DSCP value X, QoS classification for that packet falls back to other methods (VLAN PCP or port-based default). The presence of an app table for DSCP value X with priority Y makes the hardware classify the packet to QoS class Y. As opposed to the default-prio where DSA exposes only a "set" in dsa_switch_ops (because the port-based default is the fallback, it always exists, either implicitly or explicitly), for DSCP priorities we expose an "add" and a "del". The addition of a DSCP entry means trusting that DSCP priority, the deletion means ignoring it. Drivers that already trust (at least some) DSCP values can describe their configuration in dsa_switch_ops :: port_get_dscp_prio(), which is called for each DSCP value from 0 to 63. Again, there can be more than one dcbnl app table entry for the same DSCP value, DSA chooses the one with the largest configured priority. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d538eca8 |
|
11-Mar-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: report and change port default priority using dcbnl The port-based default QoS class is assigned to packets that lack a VLAN PCP (or the port is configured to not trust the VLAN PCP), an IP DSCP (or the port is configured to not trust IP DSCP), and packets on which no tc-skbedit action has matched. Similar to other drivers, this can be exposed to user space using the DCB Application Priority Table. IEEE 802.1Q-2018 specifies in Table D-8 - Sel field values that when the Selector is 1, the Protocol ID value of 0 denotes the "Default application priority. For use when application priority is not otherwise specified." The way in which the dcbnl integration in DSA has been designed has to do with its requirements. Andrew Lunn explains that SOHO switches are expected to come with some sort of pre-configured QoS profile, and that it is desirable for this to come pre-loaded into the DSA slave interfaces' DCB application priority table. In the dcbnl design, this is possible because calls to dcb_ieee_setapp() can be initiated by anyone including being self-initiated by this device driver. However, what makes this challenging to implement in DSA is that the DSA core manages the net_devices (effectively hiding them from drivers), while drivers manage the hardware. The DSA core has no knowledge of what individual drivers' QoS policies are. DSA could export to drivers a wrapper over dcb_ieee_setapp() and these could call that function to pre-populate the app priority table, however drivers don't have a good moment in time to do this. The dsa_switch_ops :: setup() method gets called before the net_devices are created (dsa_slave_create), and so is dsa_switch_ops :: port_setup(). What remains is dsa_switch_ops :: port_enable(), but this gets called upon each ndo_open. If we add app table entries on every open, we'd need to remove them on close, to avoid duplicate entry errors. But if we delete app priority entries on close, what we delete may not be the initial, driver pre-populated entries, but rather user-added entries. So it is clear that letting drivers choose the timing of the dcb_ieee_setapp() call is inappropriate. The alternative which was chosen is to introduce hardware-specific ops in dsa_switch_ops, and effectively hide dcbnl details from drivers as well. For pre-populating the application table, dsa_slave_dcbnl_init() will call ds->ops->port_get_default_prio() which is supposed to read from hardware. If the operation succeeds, DSA creates a default-prio app table entry. The method is called as soon as the slave_dev is registered, but before we release the rtnl_mutex. This is done such that user space sees the app table entries as soon as it sees the interface being registered. The fact that we populate slave_dev->dcbnl_ops with a non-NULL pointer changes behavior in dcb_doit() from net/dcb/dcbnl.c, which used to return -EOPNOTSUPP for any dcbnl operation where netdev->dcbnl_ops is NULL. Because there are still dcbnl-unaware DSA drivers even if they have dcbnl_ops populated, the way to restore the behavior is to make all dcbnl_ops return -EOPNOTSUPP on absence of the hardware-specific dsa_switch_ops method. The dcbnl framework absurdly allows there to be more than one app table entry for the same selector and protocol (in other words, more than one port-based default priority). In the iproute2 dcb program, there is a "replace" syntactical sugar command which performs an "add" and a "del" to hide this away. But we choose the largest configured priority when we call ds->ops->port_set_default_prio(), using __fls(). When there is no default-prio app table entry left, the port-default priority is restored to 0. Link: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210113154139.1803705-2-olteanv@gmail.com/ Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7e580490 |
|
08-Mar-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: felix: avoid early deletion of host FDB entries The Felix driver declares FDB isolation but puts all standalone ports in VID 0. This is mostly problem-free as discussed with Alvin here: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/cover/20220302191417.1288145-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com/#24763870 however there is one catch. DSA still thinks that FDB entries are installed on the CPU port as many times as there are user ports, and this is problematic when multiple user ports share the same MAC address. Consider the default case where all user ports inherit their MAC address from the DSA master, and then the user runs: ip link set swp0 address 00:01:02:03:04:05 The above will make dsa_slave_set_mac_address() call dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_add() for 00:01:02:03:04:05 in port 0's standalone database, and dsa_port_standalone_host_fdb_del() for the old address of swp0, again in swp0's standalone database. Both the ->port_fdb_add() and ->port_fdb_del() will be propagated down to the felix driver, which will end up deleting the old MAC address from the CPU port. But this is still in use by other user ports, so we end up breaking unicast termination for them. There isn't a problem in the fact that DSA keeps track of host standalone addresses in the individual database of each user port: some drivers like sja1105 need this. There also isn't a problem in the fact that some drivers choose the same VID/FID for all standalone ports. It is just that the deletion of these host addresses must be delayed until they are known to not be in use any longer, and only the driver has this knowledge. Since DSA keeps these addresses in &cpu_dp->fdbs and &cpu_db->mdbs, it is just a matter of walking over those lists and see whether the same MAC address is present on the CPU port in the port db of another user port. I have considered reusing the generic dsa_port_walk_fdbs() and dsa_port_walk_mdbs() schemes for this, but locking makes it difficult. In the ->port_fdb_add() method and co, &dp->addr_lists_lock is held, but dsa_port_walk_fdbs() also acquires that lock. Also, even assuming that we introduce an unlocked variant of the address iterator, we'd still need some relatively complex data structures, and a void *ctx in the dsa_fdb_walk_cb_t which we don't currently pass, such that drivers are able to figure out, after iterating, whether the same MAC address is or isn't present in the port db of another port. All the above, plus the fact that I expect other drivers to follow the same model as felix where all standalone ports use the same FID, made me conclude that a generic method provided by DSA is necessary: dsa_fdb_present_in_other_db() and the mdb equivalent. Felix calls this from the ->port_fdb_del() handler for the CPU port, when the database was classified to either a port db, or a LAG db. For symmetry, we also call this from ->port_fdb_add(), because if the address was installed once, then installing it a second time serves no purpose: it's already in hardware in VID 0 and it affects all standalone ports. This change moves dsa_db_equal() from switch.c to dsa.c, since it now has one more caller. Fixes: 54c319846086 ("net: mscc: ocelot: enforce FDB isolation when VLAN-unaware") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cd87fecd |
|
02-Mar-2022 |
Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: tag_rtl8_4: add rtl8_4t trailing variant Realtek switches supports the same tag both before ethertype or between payload and the CRC. Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f9cef64f |
|
02-Mar-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: felix: migrate host FDB and MDB entries when changing tag proto The "ocelot" and "ocelot-8021q" tagging protocols make use of different hardware resources, and host FDB entries have different destination ports in the switch analyzer module, practically speaking. So when the user requests a tagging protocol change, the driver must migrate all host FDB and MDB entries from the NPI port (in fact CPU port module) towards the same physical port, but this time used as a regular port. It is pointless for the felix driver to keep a copy of the host addresses, when we can create and export DSA helpers for walking through the addresses that it already needs to keep on the CPU port, for refcounting purposes. felix_classify_db() is moved up to avoid a forward declaration. We pass "bool change" because dp->fdbs and dp->mdbs are uninitialized lists when felix_setup() first calls felix_set_tag_protocol(), so we need to avoid calling dsa_port_walk_fdbs() during probe time. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
06b9cce4 |
|
25-Feb-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: pass extack to .port_bridge_join driver methods As FDB isolation cannot be enforced between VLAN-aware bridges in lack of hardware assistance like extra FID bits, it seems plausible that many DSA switches cannot do it. Therefore, they need to reject configurations with multiple VLAN-aware bridges from the two code paths that can transition towards that state: - joining a VLAN-aware bridge - toggling VLAN awareness on an existing bridge The .port_vlan_filtering method already propagates the netlink extack to the driver, let's propagate it from .port_bridge_join too, to make sure that the driver can use the same function for both. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c2693363 |
|
25-Feb-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: request drivers to perform FDB isolation For DSA, to encourage drivers to perform FDB isolation simply means to track which bridge does each FDB and MDB entry belong to. It then becomes the driver responsibility to use something that makes the FDB entry from one bridge not match the FDB lookup of ports from other bridges. The top-level functions where the bridge is determined are: - dsa_port_fdb_{add,del} - dsa_port_host_fdb_{add,del} - dsa_port_mdb_{add,del} - dsa_port_host_mdb_{add,del} aka the pre-crosschip-notifier functions. Changing the API to pass a reference to a bridge is not superfluous, and looking at the passed bridge argument is not the same as having the driver look at dsa_to_port(ds, port)->bridge from the ->port_fdb_add() method. DSA installs FDB and MDB entries on shared (CPU and DSA) ports as well, and those do not have any dp->bridge information to retrieve, because they are not in any bridge - they are merely the pipes that serve the user ports that are in one or multiple bridges. The struct dsa_bridge associated with each FDB/MDB entry is encapsulated in a larger "struct dsa_db" database. Although only databases associated to bridges are notified for now, this API will be the starting point for implementing IFF_UNICAST_FLT in DSA. There, the idea is to install FDB entries on the CPU port which belong to the corresponding user port's port database. These are supposed to match only when the port is standalone. It is better to introduce the API in its expected final form than to introduce it for bridges first, then to have to change drivers which may have made one or more assumptions. Drivers can use the provided bridge.num, but they can also use a different numbering scheme that is more convenient. DSA must perform refcounting on the CPU and DSA ports by also taking into account the bridge number. So if two bridges request the same local address, DSA must notify the driver twice, once for each bridge. In fact, if the driver supports FDB isolation, DSA must perform refcounting per bridge, but if the driver doesn't, DSA must refcount host addresses across all bridges, otherwise it would be telling the driver to delete an FDB entry for a bridge and the driver would delete it for all bridges. So introduce a bool fdb_isolation in drivers which would make all bridge databases passed to the cross-chip notifier have the same number (0). This makes dsa_mac_addr_find() -> dsa_db_equal() say that all bridge databases are the same database - which is essentially the legacy behavior. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
e212fa7c |
|
23-Feb-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: support FDB events on offloaded LAG interfaces This change introduces support for installing static FDB entries towards a bridge port that is a LAG of multiple DSA switch ports, as well as support for filtering towards the CPU local FDB entries emitted for LAG interfaces that are bridge ports. Conceptually, host addresses on LAG ports are identical to what we do for plain bridge ports. Whereas FDB entries _towards_ a LAG can't simply be replicated towards all member ports like we do for multicast, or VLAN. Instead we need new driver API. Hardware usually considers a LAG to be a "logical port", and sets the entire LAG as the forwarding destination. The physical egress port selection within the LAG is made by hashing policy, as usual. To represent the logical port corresponding to the LAG, we pass by value a copy of the dsa_lag structure to all switches in the tree that have at least one port in that LAG. To illustrate why a refcounted list of FDB entries is needed in struct dsa_lag, it is enough to say that: - a LAG may be a bridge port and may therefore receive FDB events even while it isn't yet offloaded by any DSA interface - DSA interfaces may be removed from a LAG while that is a bridge port; we don't want FDB entries lingering around, but we don't want to remove entries that are still in use, either For all the cases below to work, the idea is to always keep an FDB entry on a LAG with a reference count equal to the DSA member ports. So: - if a port joins a LAG, it requests the bridge to replay the FDB, and the FDB entries get created, or their refcount gets bumped by one - if a port leaves a LAG, the FDB replay deletes or decrements refcount by one - if an FDB is installed towards a LAG with ports already present, that entry is created (if it doesn't exist) and its refcount is bumped by the amount of ports already present in the LAG echo "Adding FDB entry to bond with existing ports" ip link del bond0 ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up ip link del br0 ip link add br0 type bridge ip link set bond0 master br0 bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static ip link del br0 ip link del bond0 echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond" ip link del bond0 ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad ip link del br0 ip link add br0 type bridge ip link set bond0 master br0 bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up ip link del br0 ip link del bond0 echo "Adding FDB entry to empty bond, then removing ports one by one" ip link del bond0 ip link add bond0 type bond mode 802.3ad ip link del br0 ip link add br0 type bridge ip link set bond0 master br0 bridge fdb add dev bond0 00:01:02:03:04:05 master static ip link set swp1 down && ip link set swp1 master bond0 && ip link set swp1 up ip link set swp2 down && ip link set swp2 master bond0 && ip link set swp2 up ip link set swp1 nomaster ip link set swp2 nomaster ip link del br0 ip link del bond0 Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
dedd6a00 |
|
23-Feb-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: create a dsa_lag structure The main purpose of this change is to create a data structure for a LAG as seen by DSA. This is similar to what we have for bridging - we pass a copy of this structure by value to ->port_lag_join and ->port_lag_leave. For now we keep the lag_dev, id and a reference count in it. Future patches will add a list of FDB entries for the LAG (these also need to be refcounted to work properly). The LAG structure is created using dsa_port_lag_create() and destroyed using dsa_port_lag_destroy(), just like we have for bridging. Because now, the dsa_lag itself is refcounted, we can simplify dsa_lag_map() and dsa_lag_unmap(). These functions need to keep a LAG in the dst->lags array only as long as at least one port uses it. The refcounting logic inside those functions can be removed now - they are called only when we should perform the operation. dsa_lag_dev() is renamed to dsa_lag_by_id() and now returns the dsa_lag structure instead of the lag_dev net_device. dsa_lag_foreach_port() now takes the dsa_lag structure as argument. dst->lags holds an array of dsa_lag structures. dsa_lag_map() now also saves the dsa_lag->id value, so that linear walking of dst->lags in drivers using dsa_lag_id() is no longer necessary. They can just look at lag.id. dsa_port_lag_id_get() is a helper, similar to dsa_port_bridge_num_get(), which can be used by drivers to get the LAG ID assigned by DSA to a given port. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
3d4a0a2a |
|
23-Feb-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: make LAG IDs one-based The DSA LAG API will be changed to become more similar with the bridge data structures, where struct dsa_bridge holds an unsigned int num, which is generated by DSA and is one-based. We have a similar thing going with the DSA LAG, except that isn't stored anywhere, it is calculated dynamically by dsa_lag_id() by iterating through dst->lags. The idea of encoding an invalid (or not requested) LAG ID as zero for the purpose of simplifying checks in drivers means that the LAG IDs passed by DSA to drivers need to be one-based too. So back-and-forth conversion is needed when indexing the dst->lags array, as well as in drivers which assume a zero-based index. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
46a76724 |
|
23-Feb-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: rename references to "lag" as "lag_dev" In preparation of converting struct net_device *dp->lag_dev into a struct dsa_lag *dp->lag, we need to rename, for consistency purposes, all occurrences of the "lag" variable in the DSA core to "lag_dev". Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
ccfbf44d |
|
19-Feb-2022 |
Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> |
net: dsa: remove pcs_poll With drivers converted over to using phylink PCS, there is no need for the struct dsa_switch member "pcs_poll" to exist anymore - there is a flag in the struct phylink_pcs which indicates whether this PCS needs to be polled which supersedes this. Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
bde01822 |
|
17-Feb-2022 |
Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> |
net: dsa: add support for phylink mac_select_pcs() Add DSA support for the phylink mac_select_pcs() method so DSA drivers can return provide phylink with the appropriate PCS for the PHY interface mode. Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d2b1d186 |
|
16-Feb-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: delete unused exported symbols for ethtool PHY stats Introduced in commit cf963573039a ("net: dsa: Allow providing PHY statistics from CPU port"), it appears these were never used. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220216193726.2926320-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
134ef238 |
|
15-Feb-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: add explicit support for host bridge VLANs Currently, DSA programs VLANs on shared (DSA and CPU) ports each time it does so on user ports. This is good for basic functionality but has several limitations: - the VLAN group which must reach the CPU may be radically different from the VLAN group that must be autonomously forwarded by the switch. In other words, the admin may want to isolate noisy stations and avoid traffic from them going to the control processor of the switch, where it would just waste useless cycles. The bridge already supports independent control of VLAN groups on bridge ports and on the bridge itself, and when VLAN-aware, it will drop packets in software anyway if their VID isn't added as a 'self' entry towards the bridge device. - Replaying host FDB entries may depend, for some drivers like mv88e6xxx, on replaying the host VLANs as well. The 2 VLAN groups are approximately the same in most regular cases, but there are corner cases when timing matters, and DSA's approximation of replicating VLANs on shared ports simply does not work. - If a user makes the bridge (implicitly the CPU port) join a VLAN by accident, there is no way for the CPU port to isolate itself from that noisy VLAN except by rebooting the system. This is because for each VLAN added on a user port, DSA will add it on shared ports too, but for each VLAN deletion on a user port, it will remain installed on shared ports, since DSA has no good indication of whether the VLAN is still in use or not. Now that the bridge driver emits well-balanced SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_VLAN addition and removal events, DSA has a simple and straightforward task of separating the bridge port VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a DSA slave interface, or a LAG interface) from the host VLANs (these have an orig_dev which is a bridge interface), and to keep a simple reference count of each VID on each shared port. Forwarding VLANs must be installed on the bridge ports and on all DSA ports interconnecting them. We don't have a good view of the exact topology, so we simply install forwarding VLANs on all DSA ports, which is what has been done until now. Host VLANs must be installed primarily on the dedicated CPU port of each bridge port. More subtly, they must also be installed on upstream-facing and downstream-facing DSA ports that are connecting the bridge ports and the CPU. This ensures that the mv88e6xxx's problem (VID of host FDB entry may be absent from VTU) is still addressed even if that switch is in a cross-chip setup, and it has no local CPU port. Therefore: - user ports contain only bridge port (forwarding) VLANs, and no refcounting is necessary - DSA ports contain both forwarding and host VLANs. Refcounting is necessary among these 2 types. - CPU ports contain only host VLANs. Refcounting is also necessary. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c7d9a675 |
|
07-Feb-2022 |
Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: typo in comment Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220208053210.14831-1-luizluca@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
d352b20f |
|
03-Feb-2022 |
Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> |
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Improve multichip isolation of standalone ports Given that standalone ports are now configured to bypass the ATU and forward all frames towards the upstream port, extend the ATU bypass to multichip systems. Load VID 0 (standalone) into the VTU with the policy bit set. Since VID 4095 (bridged) is already loaded, we now know that all VIDs in use are always available in all VTUs. Therefore, we can safely enable 802.1Q on DSA ports. Setting the DSA ports' VTU policy to TRAP means that all incoming frames on VID 0 will be classified as MGMT - as a result, the ATU is bypassed on all subsequent switches. With this isolation in place, we are able to support configurations that are simultaneously very quirky and very useful. Quirky because it involves looping cables between local switchports like in this example: CPU | .------. .---0---. | .----0----. | sw0 | | | sw1 | '-1-2-3-' | '-1-2-3-4-' $ @ '---' $ @ % % We have three physically looped pairs ($, @, and %). This is very useful because it allows us to run the kernel's kselftests for the bridge on mv88e6xxx hardware. Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7af4a361 |
|
03-Feb-2022 |
Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> |
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: Improve isolation of standalone ports Clear MapDA on standalone ports to bypass any ATU lookup that might point the packet in the wrong direction. This means that all packets are flooded using the PVT config. So make sure that standalone ports are only allowed to communicate with the local upstream port. Here is a scenario in which this is needed: CPU | .----. .---0---. | .--0--. | sw0 | | | sw1 | '-1-2-3-' | '-1-2-' '---' - sw0p1 and sw1p1 are bridged - sw0p2 and sw1p2 are in standalone mode - Learning must be enabled on sw0p3 in order for hardware forwarding to work properly between bridged ports 1. A packet with SA :aa comes in on sw1p2 1a. Egresses sw1p0 1b. Ingresses sw0p3, ATU adds an entry for :aa towards port 3 1c. Egresses sw0p0 2. A packet with DA :aa comes in on sw0p2 2a. If an ATU lookup is done at this point, the packet will be incorrectly forwarded towards sw0p3. With this change in place, the ATU is bypassed and the packet is forwarded in accordance with the PVT, which only contains the CPU port. Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
295ab96f |
|
01-Feb-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: provide switch operations for tracking the master state Certain drivers may need to send management traffic to the switch for things like register access, FDB dump, etc, to accelerate what their slow bus (SPI, I2C, MDIO) can already do. Ethernet is faster (especially in bulk transactions) but is also more unreliable, since the user may decide to bring the DSA master down (or not bring it up), therefore severing the link between the host and the attached switch. Drivers needing Ethernet-based register access already should have fallback logic to the slow bus if the Ethernet method fails, but that fallback may be based on a timeout, and the I/O to the switch may slow down to a halt if the master is down, because every Ethernet packet will have to time out. The driver also doesn't have the option to turn off Ethernet-based I/O momentarily, because it wouldn't know when to turn it back on. Which is where this change comes in. By tracking NETDEV_CHANGE, NETDEV_UP and NETDEV_GOING_DOWN events on the DSA master, we should know the exact interval of time during which this interface is reliably available for traffic. Provide this information to switches so they can use it as they wish. An helper is added dsa_port_master_is_operational() to check if a master port is operational. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a2614140 |
|
11-Feb-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: mv88e6xxx: flush switchdev FDB workqueue before removing VLAN mv88e6xxx is special among DSA drivers in that it requires the VTU to contain the VID of the FDB entry it modifies in mv88e6xxx_port_db_load_purge(), otherwise it will return -EOPNOTSUPP. Sometimes due to races this is not always satisfied even if external code does everything right (first deletes the FDB entries, then the VLAN), because DSA commits to hardware FDB entries asynchronously since commit c9eb3e0f8701 ("net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification"). Therefore, the mv88e6xxx driver must close this race condition by itself, by asking DSA to flush the switchdev workqueue of any FDB deletions in progress, prior to exiting a VLAN. Fixes: c9eb3e0f8701 ("net: dsa: Add support for learning FDB through notification") Reported-by: Rafael Richter <rafael.richter@gin.de> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1b26d364 |
|
05-Jan-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: warn about dsa_port and dsa_switch bit fields being non atomic As discussed during review here: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20220105132141.2648876-3-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com/ we should inform developers about pitfalls of concurrent access to the boolean properties of dsa_switch and dsa_port, now that they've been converted to bit fields. No other measure than a comment needs to be taken, since the code paths that update these bit fields are not concurrent with each other. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
63cfc657 |
|
05-Jan-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: don't enumerate dsa_switch and dsa_port bit fields using commas This is a cosmetic incremental fixup to commits 7787ff776398 ("net: dsa: merge all bools of struct dsa_switch into a single u32") bde82f389af1 ("net: dsa: merge all bools of struct dsa_port into a single u8") The desire to make this change was enunciated after posting these patches here: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/cover/20220105132141.2648876-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com/ but due to a slight timing overlap (message posted at 2:28 p.m. UTC, merge commit is at 2:46 p.m. UTC), that comment was missed and the changes were applied as-is. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4b026e82 |
|
05-Jan-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: combine two holes in struct dsa_switch_tree There is a 7 byte hole after dst->setup and a 4 byte hole after dst->default_proto. Combining them, we have a single hole of just 3 bytes on 64 bit machines. Before: pahole -C dsa_switch_tree net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_switch_tree { struct list_head list; /* 0 16 */ struct list_head ports; /* 16 16 */ struct raw_notifier_head nh; /* 32 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 40 4 */ struct kref refcount; /* 44 4 */ struct net_device * * lags; /* 48 8 */ bool setup; /* 56 1 */ /* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ const struct dsa_device_ops * tag_ops; /* 64 8 */ enum dsa_tag_protocol default_proto; /* 72 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_platform_data * pd; /* 80 8 */ struct list_head rtable; /* 88 16 */ unsigned int lags_len; /* 104 4 */ unsigned int last_switch; /* 108 4 */ /* size: 112, cachelines: 2, members: 13 */ /* sum members: 101, holes: 2, sum holes: 11 */ /* last cacheline: 48 bytes */ }; After: pahole -C dsa_switch_tree net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_switch_tree { struct list_head list; /* 0 16 */ struct list_head ports; /* 16 16 */ struct raw_notifier_head nh; /* 32 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 40 4 */ struct kref refcount; /* 44 4 */ struct net_device * * lags; /* 48 8 */ const struct dsa_device_ops * tag_ops; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ enum dsa_tag_protocol default_proto; /* 64 4 */ bool setup; /* 68 1 */ /* XXX 3 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_platform_data * pd; /* 72 8 */ struct list_head rtable; /* 80 16 */ unsigned int lags_len; /* 96 4 */ unsigned int last_switch; /* 100 4 */ /* size: 104, cachelines: 2, members: 13 */ /* sum members: 101, holes: 1, sum holes: 3 */ /* last cacheline: 40 bytes */ }; Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b035c88c |
|
05-Jan-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: move dsa_switch_tree :: ports and lags to first cache line dst->ports is accessed most notably by dsa_master_find_slave(), which is invoked in the RX path. dst->lags is accessed by dsa_lag_dev(), which is invoked in the RX path of tag_dsa.c. dst->tag_ops, dst->default_proto and dst->pd don't need to be in the first cache line, so they are moved out by this change. Before: pahole -C dsa_switch_tree net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_switch_tree { struct list_head list; /* 0 16 */ struct raw_notifier_head nh; /* 16 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 24 4 */ struct kref refcount; /* 28 4 */ bool setup; /* 32 1 */ /* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */ const struct dsa_device_ops * tag_ops; /* 40 8 */ enum dsa_tag_protocol default_proto; /* 48 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_platform_data * pd; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ struct list_head ports; /* 64 16 */ struct list_head rtable; /* 80 16 */ struct net_device * * lags; /* 96 8 */ unsigned int lags_len; /* 104 4 */ unsigned int last_switch; /* 108 4 */ /* size: 112, cachelines: 2, members: 13 */ /* sum members: 101, holes: 2, sum holes: 11 */ /* last cacheline: 48 bytes */ }; After: pahole -C dsa_switch_tree net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_switch_tree { struct list_head list; /* 0 16 */ struct list_head ports; /* 16 16 */ struct raw_notifier_head nh; /* 32 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 40 4 */ struct kref refcount; /* 44 4 */ struct net_device * * lags; /* 48 8 */ bool setup; /* 56 1 */ /* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ const struct dsa_device_ops * tag_ops; /* 64 8 */ enum dsa_tag_protocol default_proto; /* 72 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_platform_data * pd; /* 80 8 */ struct list_head rtable; /* 88 16 */ unsigned int lags_len; /* 104 4 */ unsigned int last_switch; /* 108 4 */ /* size: 112, cachelines: 2, members: 13 */ /* sum members: 101, holes: 2, sum holes: 11 */ /* last cacheline: 48 bytes */ }; Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
258030ac |
|
05-Jan-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: make dsa_switch :: num_ports an unsigned int Currently, num_ports is declared as size_t, which is defined as __kernel_ulong_t, therefore it occupies 8 bytes of memory. Even switches with port numbers in the range of tens are exotic, so there is no need for this amount of storage. Additionally, because the max_num_bridges member right above it is also 4 bytes, it means the compiler needs to add padding between the last 2 fields. By reducing the size, we don't need that padding and can reduce the struct size. Before: pahole -C dsa_switch net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_switch { struct device * dev; /* 0 8 */ struct dsa_switch_tree * dst; /* 8 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 16 4 */ u32 setup:1; /* 20: 0 4 */ u32 vlan_filtering_is_global:1; /* 20: 1 4 */ u32 needs_standalone_vlan_filtering:1; /* 20: 2 4 */ u32 configure_vlan_while_not_filtering:1; /* 20: 3 4 */ u32 untag_bridge_pvid:1; /* 20: 4 4 */ u32 assisted_learning_on_cpu_port:1; /* 20: 5 4 */ u32 vlan_filtering:1; /* 20: 6 4 */ u32 pcs_poll:1; /* 20: 7 4 */ u32 mtu_enforcement_ingress:1; /* 20: 8 4 */ /* XXX 23 bits hole, try to pack */ struct notifier_block nb; /* 24 24 */ /* XXX last struct has 4 bytes of padding */ void * priv; /* 48 8 */ void * tagger_data; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ struct dsa_chip_data * cd; /* 64 8 */ const struct dsa_switch_ops * ops; /* 72 8 */ u32 phys_mii_mask; /* 80 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct mii_bus * slave_mii_bus; /* 88 8 */ unsigned int ageing_time_min; /* 96 4 */ unsigned int ageing_time_max; /* 100 4 */ struct dsa_8021q_context * tag_8021q_ctx; /* 104 8 */ struct devlink * devlink; /* 112 8 */ unsigned int num_tx_queues; /* 120 4 */ unsigned int num_lag_ids; /* 124 4 */ /* --- cacheline 2 boundary (128 bytes) --- */ unsigned int max_num_bridges; /* 128 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ size_t num_ports; /* 136 8 */ /* size: 144, cachelines: 3, members: 27 */ /* sum members: 132, holes: 2, sum holes: 8 */ /* sum bitfield members: 9 bits, bit holes: 1, sum bit holes: 23 bits */ /* paddings: 1, sum paddings: 4 */ /* last cacheline: 16 bytes */ }; After: pahole -C dsa_switch net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_switch { struct device * dev; /* 0 8 */ struct dsa_switch_tree * dst; /* 8 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 16 4 */ u32 setup:1; /* 20: 0 4 */ u32 vlan_filtering_is_global:1; /* 20: 1 4 */ u32 needs_standalone_vlan_filtering:1; /* 20: 2 4 */ u32 configure_vlan_while_not_filtering:1; /* 20: 3 4 */ u32 untag_bridge_pvid:1; /* 20: 4 4 */ u32 assisted_learning_on_cpu_port:1; /* 20: 5 4 */ u32 vlan_filtering:1; /* 20: 6 4 */ u32 pcs_poll:1; /* 20: 7 4 */ u32 mtu_enforcement_ingress:1; /* 20: 8 4 */ /* XXX 23 bits hole, try to pack */ struct notifier_block nb; /* 24 24 */ /* XXX last struct has 4 bytes of padding */ void * priv; /* 48 8 */ void * tagger_data; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ struct dsa_chip_data * cd; /* 64 8 */ const struct dsa_switch_ops * ops; /* 72 8 */ u32 phys_mii_mask; /* 80 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct mii_bus * slave_mii_bus; /* 88 8 */ unsigned int ageing_time_min; /* 96 4 */ unsigned int ageing_time_max; /* 100 4 */ struct dsa_8021q_context * tag_8021q_ctx; /* 104 8 */ struct devlink * devlink; /* 112 8 */ unsigned int num_tx_queues; /* 120 4 */ unsigned int num_lag_ids; /* 124 4 */ /* --- cacheline 2 boundary (128 bytes) --- */ unsigned int max_num_bridges; /* 128 4 */ unsigned int num_ports; /* 132 4 */ /* size: 136, cachelines: 3, members: 27 */ /* sum members: 128, holes: 1, sum holes: 4 */ /* sum bitfield members: 9 bits, bit holes: 1, sum bit holes: 23 bits */ /* paddings: 1, sum paddings: 4 */ /* last cacheline: 8 bytes */ }; Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7787ff77 |
|
05-Jan-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: merge all bools of struct dsa_switch into a single u32 struct dsa_switch has 9 boolean properties, many of which are in fact set by drivers for custom behavior (vlan_filtering_is_global, needs_standalone_vlan_filtering, etc etc). The binary layout of the structure could be improved. For example, the "bool setup" at the beginning introduces a gratuitous 7 byte hole in the first cache line. The change merges all boolean properties into bitfields of an u32, and places that u32 in the first cache line of the structure, since many bools are accessed from the data path (untag_bridge_pvid, vlan_filtering, vlan_filtering_is_global). We place this u32 after the existing ds->index, which is also 4 bytes in size. As a positive side effect, ds->tagger_data now fits into the first cache line too, because 4 bytes are saved. Before: pahole -C dsa_switch net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_switch { bool setup; /* 0 1 */ /* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct device * dev; /* 8 8 */ struct dsa_switch_tree * dst; /* 16 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 24 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct notifier_block nb; /* 32 24 */ /* XXX last struct has 4 bytes of padding */ void * priv; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ void * tagger_data; /* 64 8 */ struct dsa_chip_data * cd; /* 72 8 */ const struct dsa_switch_ops * ops; /* 80 8 */ u32 phys_mii_mask; /* 88 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct mii_bus * slave_mii_bus; /* 96 8 */ unsigned int ageing_time_min; /* 104 4 */ unsigned int ageing_time_max; /* 108 4 */ struct dsa_8021q_context * tag_8021q_ctx; /* 112 8 */ struct devlink * devlink; /* 120 8 */ /* --- cacheline 2 boundary (128 bytes) --- */ unsigned int num_tx_queues; /* 128 4 */ bool vlan_filtering_is_global; /* 132 1 */ bool needs_standalone_vlan_filtering; /* 133 1 */ bool configure_vlan_while_not_filtering; /* 134 1 */ bool untag_bridge_pvid; /* 135 1 */ bool assisted_learning_on_cpu_port; /* 136 1 */ bool vlan_filtering; /* 137 1 */ bool pcs_poll; /* 138 1 */ bool mtu_enforcement_ingress; /* 139 1 */ unsigned int num_lag_ids; /* 140 4 */ unsigned int max_num_bridges; /* 144 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ size_t num_ports; /* 152 8 */ /* size: 160, cachelines: 3, members: 27 */ /* sum members: 141, holes: 4, sum holes: 19 */ /* paddings: 1, sum paddings: 4 */ /* last cacheline: 32 bytes */ }; After: pahole -C dsa_switch net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_switch { struct device * dev; /* 0 8 */ struct dsa_switch_tree * dst; /* 8 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 16 4 */ u32 setup:1; /* 20: 0 4 */ u32 vlan_filtering_is_global:1; /* 20: 1 4 */ u32 needs_standalone_vlan_filtering:1; /* 20: 2 4 */ u32 configure_vlan_while_not_filtering:1; /* 20: 3 4 */ u32 untag_bridge_pvid:1; /* 20: 4 4 */ u32 assisted_learning_on_cpu_port:1; /* 20: 5 4 */ u32 vlan_filtering:1; /* 20: 6 4 */ u32 pcs_poll:1; /* 20: 7 4 */ u32 mtu_enforcement_ingress:1; /* 20: 8 4 */ /* XXX 23 bits hole, try to pack */ struct notifier_block nb; /* 24 24 */ /* XXX last struct has 4 bytes of padding */ void * priv; /* 48 8 */ void * tagger_data; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ struct dsa_chip_data * cd; /* 64 8 */ const struct dsa_switch_ops * ops; /* 72 8 */ u32 phys_mii_mask; /* 80 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct mii_bus * slave_mii_bus; /* 88 8 */ unsigned int ageing_time_min; /* 96 4 */ unsigned int ageing_time_max; /* 100 4 */ struct dsa_8021q_context * tag_8021q_ctx; /* 104 8 */ struct devlink * devlink; /* 112 8 */ unsigned int num_tx_queues; /* 120 4 */ unsigned int num_lag_ids; /* 124 4 */ /* --- cacheline 2 boundary (128 bytes) --- */ unsigned int max_num_bridges; /* 128 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ size_t num_ports; /* 136 8 */ /* size: 144, cachelines: 3, members: 27 */ /* sum members: 132, holes: 2, sum holes: 8 */ /* sum bitfield members: 9 bits, bit holes: 1, sum bit holes: 23 bits */ /* paddings: 1, sum paddings: 4 */ /* last cacheline: 16 bytes */ }; Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
06251258 |
|
05-Jan-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: move dsa_port :: type near dsa_port :: index Both dsa_port :: type and dsa_port :: index introduce a 4 octet hole after them, so we can group them together and the holes would be eliminated, turning 16 octets of storage into just 8. This makes the cpu_dp pointer fit in the first cache line, which is good, because dsa_slave_to_master(), called by dsa_enqueue_skb(), uses it. Before: pahole -C dsa_port net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_port { union { struct net_device * master; /* 0 8 */ struct net_device * slave; /* 0 8 */ }; /* 0 8 */ const struct dsa_device_ops * tag_ops; /* 8 8 */ struct dsa_switch_tree * dst; /* 16 8 */ struct sk_buff * (*rcv)(struct sk_buff *, struct net_device *); /* 24 8 */ enum { DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED = 0, DSA_PORT_TYPE_CPU = 1, DSA_PORT_TYPE_DSA = 2, DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER = 3, } type; /* 32 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_switch * ds; /* 40 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 48 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ const char * name; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ struct dsa_port * cpu_dp; /* 64 8 */ u8 mac[6]; /* 72 6 */ u8 stp_state; /* 78 1 */ u8 vlan_filtering:1; /* 79: 0 1 */ u8 learning:1; /* 79: 1 1 */ u8 lag_tx_enabled:1; /* 79: 2 1 */ u8 devlink_port_setup:1; /* 79: 3 1 */ u8 setup:1; /* 79: 4 1 */ /* XXX 3 bits hole, try to pack */ struct device_node * dn; /* 80 8 */ unsigned int ageing_time; /* 88 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_bridge * bridge; /* 96 8 */ struct devlink_port devlink_port; /* 104 288 */ /* --- cacheline 6 boundary (384 bytes) was 8 bytes ago --- */ struct phylink * pl; /* 392 8 */ struct phylink_config pl_config; /* 400 40 */ struct net_device * lag_dev; /* 440 8 */ /* --- cacheline 7 boundary (448 bytes) --- */ struct net_device * hsr_dev; /* 448 8 */ struct list_head list; /* 456 16 */ const struct ethtool_ops * orig_ethtool_ops; /* 472 8 */ const struct dsa_netdevice_ops * netdev_ops; /* 480 8 */ struct mutex addr_lists_lock; /* 488 32 */ /* --- cacheline 8 boundary (512 bytes) was 8 bytes ago --- */ struct list_head fdbs; /* 520 16 */ struct list_head mdbs; /* 536 16 */ /* size: 552, cachelines: 9, members: 30 */ /* sum members: 539, holes: 3, sum holes: 12 */ /* sum bitfield members: 5 bits, bit holes: 1, sum bit holes: 3 bits */ /* last cacheline: 40 bytes */ }; After: pahole -C dsa_port net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_port { union { struct net_device * master; /* 0 8 */ struct net_device * slave; /* 0 8 */ }; /* 0 8 */ const struct dsa_device_ops * tag_ops; /* 8 8 */ struct dsa_switch_tree * dst; /* 16 8 */ struct sk_buff * (*rcv)(struct sk_buff *, struct net_device *); /* 24 8 */ struct dsa_switch * ds; /* 32 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 40 4 */ enum { DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED = 0, DSA_PORT_TYPE_CPU = 1, DSA_PORT_TYPE_DSA = 2, DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER = 3, } type; /* 44 4 */ const char * name; /* 48 8 */ struct dsa_port * cpu_dp; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ u8 mac[6]; /* 64 6 */ u8 stp_state; /* 70 1 */ u8 vlan_filtering:1; /* 71: 0 1 */ u8 learning:1; /* 71: 1 1 */ u8 lag_tx_enabled:1; /* 71: 2 1 */ u8 devlink_port_setup:1; /* 71: 3 1 */ u8 setup:1; /* 71: 4 1 */ /* XXX 3 bits hole, try to pack */ struct device_node * dn; /* 72 8 */ unsigned int ageing_time; /* 80 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_bridge * bridge; /* 88 8 */ struct devlink_port devlink_port; /* 96 288 */ /* --- cacheline 6 boundary (384 bytes) --- */ struct phylink * pl; /* 384 8 */ struct phylink_config pl_config; /* 392 40 */ struct net_device * lag_dev; /* 432 8 */ struct net_device * hsr_dev; /* 440 8 */ /* --- cacheline 7 boundary (448 bytes) --- */ struct list_head list; /* 448 16 */ const struct ethtool_ops * orig_ethtool_ops; /* 464 8 */ const struct dsa_netdevice_ops * netdev_ops; /* 472 8 */ struct mutex addr_lists_lock; /* 480 32 */ /* --- cacheline 8 boundary (512 bytes) --- */ struct list_head fdbs; /* 512 16 */ struct list_head mdbs; /* 528 16 */ /* size: 544, cachelines: 9, members: 30 */ /* sum members: 539, holes: 1, sum holes: 4 */ /* sum bitfield members: 5 bits, bit holes: 1, sum bit holes: 3 bits */ /* last cacheline: 32 bytes */ }; Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
bde82f38 |
|
05-Jan-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: merge all bools of struct dsa_port into a single u8 struct dsa_port has 5 bool members which create quite a number of 7 byte holes in the structure layout. By merging them all into bitfields of an u8, and placing that u8 in the 1-byte hole after dp->mac and dp->stp_state, we can reduce the structure size from 576 bytes to 552 bytes on arm64. Before: pahole -C dsa_port net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_port { union { struct net_device * master; /* 0 8 */ struct net_device * slave; /* 0 8 */ }; /* 0 8 */ const struct dsa_device_ops * tag_ops; /* 8 8 */ struct dsa_switch_tree * dst; /* 16 8 */ struct sk_buff * (*rcv)(struct sk_buff *, struct net_device *); /* 24 8 */ enum { DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED = 0, DSA_PORT_TYPE_CPU = 1, DSA_PORT_TYPE_DSA = 2, DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER = 3, } type; /* 32 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_switch * ds; /* 40 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 48 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ const char * name; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ struct dsa_port * cpu_dp; /* 64 8 */ u8 mac[6]; /* 72 6 */ u8 stp_state; /* 78 1 */ /* XXX 1 byte hole, try to pack */ struct device_node * dn; /* 80 8 */ unsigned int ageing_time; /* 88 4 */ bool vlan_filtering; /* 92 1 */ bool learning; /* 93 1 */ /* XXX 2 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_bridge * bridge; /* 96 8 */ struct devlink_port devlink_port; /* 104 288 */ /* --- cacheline 6 boundary (384 bytes) was 8 bytes ago --- */ bool devlink_port_setup; /* 392 1 */ /* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct phylink * pl; /* 400 8 */ struct phylink_config pl_config; /* 408 40 */ /* --- cacheline 7 boundary (448 bytes) --- */ struct net_device * lag_dev; /* 448 8 */ bool lag_tx_enabled; /* 456 1 */ /* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct net_device * hsr_dev; /* 464 8 */ struct list_head list; /* 472 16 */ const struct ethtool_ops * orig_ethtool_ops; /* 488 8 */ const struct dsa_netdevice_ops * netdev_ops; /* 496 8 */ struct mutex addr_lists_lock; /* 504 32 */ /* --- cacheline 8 boundary (512 bytes) was 24 bytes ago --- */ struct list_head fdbs; /* 536 16 */ struct list_head mdbs; /* 552 16 */ bool setup; /* 568 1 */ /* size: 576, cachelines: 9, members: 30 */ /* sum members: 544, holes: 6, sum holes: 25 */ /* padding: 7 */ }; After: pahole -C dsa_port net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_port { union { struct net_device * master; /* 0 8 */ struct net_device * slave; /* 0 8 */ }; /* 0 8 */ const struct dsa_device_ops * tag_ops; /* 8 8 */ struct dsa_switch_tree * dst; /* 16 8 */ struct sk_buff * (*rcv)(struct sk_buff *, struct net_device *); /* 24 8 */ enum { DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED = 0, DSA_PORT_TYPE_CPU = 1, DSA_PORT_TYPE_DSA = 2, DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER = 3, } type; /* 32 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_switch * ds; /* 40 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 48 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ const char * name; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ struct dsa_port * cpu_dp; /* 64 8 */ u8 mac[6]; /* 72 6 */ u8 stp_state; /* 78 1 */ u8 vlan_filtering:1; /* 79: 0 1 */ u8 learning:1; /* 79: 1 1 */ u8 lag_tx_enabled:1; /* 79: 2 1 */ u8 devlink_port_setup:1; /* 79: 3 1 */ u8 setup:1; /* 79: 4 1 */ /* XXX 3 bits hole, try to pack */ struct device_node * dn; /* 80 8 */ unsigned int ageing_time; /* 88 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_bridge * bridge; /* 96 8 */ struct devlink_port devlink_port; /* 104 288 */ /* --- cacheline 6 boundary (384 bytes) was 8 bytes ago --- */ struct phylink * pl; /* 392 8 */ struct phylink_config pl_config; /* 400 40 */ struct net_device * lag_dev; /* 440 8 */ /* --- cacheline 7 boundary (448 bytes) --- */ struct net_device * hsr_dev; /* 448 8 */ struct list_head list; /* 456 16 */ const struct ethtool_ops * orig_ethtool_ops; /* 472 8 */ const struct dsa_netdevice_ops * netdev_ops; /* 480 8 */ struct mutex addr_lists_lock; /* 488 32 */ /* --- cacheline 8 boundary (512 bytes) was 8 bytes ago --- */ struct list_head fdbs; /* 520 16 */ struct list_head mdbs; /* 536 16 */ /* size: 552, cachelines: 9, members: 30 */ /* sum members: 539, holes: 3, sum holes: 12 */ /* sum bitfield members: 5 bits, bit holes: 1, sum bit holes: 3 bits */ /* last cacheline: 40 bytes */ }; Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b08db33d |
|
05-Jan-2022 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: move dsa_port :: stp_state near dsa_port :: mac The MAC address of a port is 6 octets in size, and this creates a 2 octet hole after it. There are some other u8 members of struct dsa_port that we can put in that hole. One such member is the stp_state. Before: pahole -C dsa_port net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_port { union { struct net_device * master; /* 0 8 */ struct net_device * slave; /* 0 8 */ }; /* 0 8 */ const struct dsa_device_ops * tag_ops; /* 8 8 */ struct dsa_switch_tree * dst; /* 16 8 */ struct sk_buff * (*rcv)(struct sk_buff *, struct net_device *); /* 24 8 */ enum { DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED = 0, DSA_PORT_TYPE_CPU = 1, DSA_PORT_TYPE_DSA = 2, DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER = 3, } type; /* 32 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_switch * ds; /* 40 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 48 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ const char * name; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ struct dsa_port * cpu_dp; /* 64 8 */ u8 mac[6]; /* 72 6 */ /* XXX 2 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct device_node * dn; /* 80 8 */ unsigned int ageing_time; /* 88 4 */ bool vlan_filtering; /* 92 1 */ bool learning; /* 93 1 */ u8 stp_state; /* 94 1 */ /* XXX 1 byte hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_bridge * bridge; /* 96 8 */ struct devlink_port devlink_port; /* 104 288 */ /* --- cacheline 6 boundary (384 bytes) was 8 bytes ago --- */ bool devlink_port_setup; /* 392 1 */ /* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct phylink * pl; /* 400 8 */ struct phylink_config pl_config; /* 408 40 */ /* --- cacheline 7 boundary (448 bytes) --- */ struct net_device * lag_dev; /* 448 8 */ bool lag_tx_enabled; /* 456 1 */ /* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct net_device * hsr_dev; /* 464 8 */ struct list_head list; /* 472 16 */ const struct ethtool_ops * orig_ethtool_ops; /* 488 8 */ const struct dsa_netdevice_ops * netdev_ops; /* 496 8 */ struct mutex addr_lists_lock; /* 504 32 */ /* --- cacheline 8 boundary (512 bytes) was 24 bytes ago --- */ struct list_head fdbs; /* 536 16 */ struct list_head mdbs; /* 552 16 */ bool setup; /* 568 1 */ /* size: 576, cachelines: 9, members: 30 */ /* sum members: 544, holes: 6, sum holes: 25 */ /* padding: 7 */ }; After: pahole -C dsa_port net/dsa/slave.o struct dsa_port { union { struct net_device * master; /* 0 8 */ struct net_device * slave; /* 0 8 */ }; /* 0 8 */ const struct dsa_device_ops * tag_ops; /* 8 8 */ struct dsa_switch_tree * dst; /* 16 8 */ struct sk_buff * (*rcv)(struct sk_buff *, struct net_device *); /* 24 8 */ enum { DSA_PORT_TYPE_UNUSED = 0, DSA_PORT_TYPE_CPU = 1, DSA_PORT_TYPE_DSA = 2, DSA_PORT_TYPE_USER = 3, } type; /* 32 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_switch * ds; /* 40 8 */ unsigned int index; /* 48 4 */ /* XXX 4 bytes hole, try to pack */ const char * name; /* 56 8 */ /* --- cacheline 1 boundary (64 bytes) --- */ struct dsa_port * cpu_dp; /* 64 8 */ u8 mac[6]; /* 72 6 */ u8 stp_state; /* 78 1 */ /* XXX 1 byte hole, try to pack */ struct device_node * dn; /* 80 8 */ unsigned int ageing_time; /* 88 4 */ bool vlan_filtering; /* 92 1 */ bool learning; /* 93 1 */ /* XXX 2 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct dsa_bridge * bridge; /* 96 8 */ struct devlink_port devlink_port; /* 104 288 */ /* --- cacheline 6 boundary (384 bytes) was 8 bytes ago --- */ bool devlink_port_setup; /* 392 1 */ /* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct phylink * pl; /* 400 8 */ struct phylink_config pl_config; /* 408 40 */ /* --- cacheline 7 boundary (448 bytes) --- */ struct net_device * lag_dev; /* 448 8 */ bool lag_tx_enabled; /* 456 1 */ /* XXX 7 bytes hole, try to pack */ struct net_device * hsr_dev; /* 464 8 */ struct list_head list; /* 472 16 */ const struct ethtool_ops * orig_ethtool_ops; /* 488 8 */ const struct dsa_netdevice_ops * netdev_ops; /* 496 8 */ struct mutex addr_lists_lock; /* 504 32 */ /* --- cacheline 8 boundary (512 bytes) was 24 bytes ago --- */ struct list_head fdbs; /* 536 16 */ struct list_head mdbs; /* 552 16 */ bool setup; /* 568 1 */ /* size: 576, cachelines: 9, members: 30 */ /* sum members: 544, holes: 6, sum holes: 25 */ /* padding: 7 */ }; Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7f297314 |
|
13-Dec-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: make tagging protocols connect to individual switches from a tree On the NXP Bluebox 3 board which uses a multi-switch setup with sja1105, the mechanism through which the tagger connects to the switch tree is broken, due to improper DSA code design. At the time when tag_ops->connect() is called in dsa_port_parse_cpu(), DSA hasn't finished "touching" all the ports, so it doesn't know how large the tree is and how many ports it has. It has just seen the first CPU port by this time. As a result, this function will call the tagger's ->connect method too early, and the tagger will connect only to the first switch from the tree. This could be perhaps addressed a bit more simply by just moving the tag_ops->connect(dst) call a bit later (for example in dsa_tree_setup), but there is already a design inconsistency at present: on the switch side, the notification is on a per-switch basis, but on the tagger side, it is on a per-tree basis. Furthermore, the persistent storage itself is per switch (ds->tagger_data). And the tagger connect and disconnect procedures (at least the ones that exist currently) could see a fair bit of simplification if they didn't have to iterate through the switches of a tree. To fix the issue, this change transforms tag_ops->connect(dst) into tag_ops->connect(ds) and moves it somewhere where we already iterate over all switches of a tree. That is in dsa_switch_setup_tag_protocol(), which is a good placement because we already have there the connection call to the switch side of things. As for the dsa_tree_bind_tag_proto() method (called from the code path that changes the tag protocol), things are a bit more complicated because we receive the tree as argument, yet when we unwind on errors, it would be nice to not call tag_ops->disconnect(ds) where we didn't previously call tag_ops->connect(ds). We didn't have this problem before because the tag_ops connection operations passed the entire dst before, and this is more fine grained now. To solve the error rewind case using the new API, we have to create yet one more cross-chip notifier for disconnection, and stay connected with the old tag protocol to all the switches in the tree until we've succeeded to connect with the new one as well. So if something fails half way, the whole tree is still connected to the old tagger. But there may still be leaks if the tagger fails to connect to the 2nd out of 3 switches in a tree: somebody needs to tell the tagger to disconnect from the first switch. Nothing comes for free, and this was previously handled privately by the tagging protocol driver before, but now we need to emit a disconnect cross-chip notifier for that, because DSA has to take care of the unwind path. We assume that the tagging protocol has connected to a switch if it has set ds->tagger_data to something, otherwise we avoid calling its disconnection method in the error rewind path. The rest of the changes are in the tagging protocol drivers, and have to do with the replacement of dst with ds. The iteration is removed and the error unwind path is simplified, as mentioned above. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4f3cb343 |
|
09-Dec-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: remove dp->priv All current in-tree uses of dp->priv have been replaced with ds->tagger_data, which provides for a safer API especially when the connection isn't the regular 1:1 link between one switch driver and one tagging protocol driver, but could be either one switch to many taggers, or many switches to one tagger. Therefore, we can remove this unused pointer. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
dc452a47 |
|
09-Dec-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: introduce tagger-owned storage for private and shared data Ansuel is working on register access over Ethernet for the qca8k switch family. This requires the qca8k tagging protocol driver to receive frames which aren't intended for the network stack, but instead for the qca8k switch driver itself. The dp->priv is currently the prevailing method for passing data back and forth between the tagging protocol driver and the switch driver. However, this method is riddled with caveats. The DSA design allows in principle for any switch driver to return any protocol it desires in ->get_tag_protocol(). The dsa_loop driver can be modified to do just that. But in the current design, the memory behind dp->priv has to be allocated by the switch driver, so if the tagging protocol is paired to an unexpected switch driver, we may end up in NULL pointer dereferences inside the kernel, or worse (a switch driver may allocate dp->priv according to the expectations of a different tagger). The latter possibility is even more plausible considering that DSA switches can dynamically change tagging protocols in certain cases (dsa <-> edsa, ocelot <-> ocelot-8021q), and the current design lends itself to mistakes that are all too easy to make. This patch proposes that the tagging protocol driver should manage its own memory, instead of relying on the switch driver to do so. After analyzing the different in-tree needs, it can be observed that the required tagger storage is per switch, therefore a ds->tagger_data pointer is introduced. In principle, per-port storage could also be introduced, although there is no need for it at the moment. Future changes will replace the current usage of dp->priv with ds->tagger_data. We define a "binding" event between the DSA switch tree and the tagging protocol. During this binding event, the tagging protocol's ->connect() method is called first, and this may allocate some memory for each switch of the tree. Then a cross-chip notifier is emitted for the switches within that tree, and they are given the opportunity to fix up the tagger's memory (for example, they might set up some function pointers that represent virtual methods for consuming packets). Because the memory is owned by the tagger, there exists a ->disconnect() method for the tagger (which is the place to free the resources), but there doesn't exist a ->disconnect() method for the switch driver. This is part of the design. The switch driver should make minimal use of the public part of the tagger data, and only after type-checking it using the supplied "proto" argument. In the code there are in fact two binding events, one is the initial event in dsa_switch_setup_tag_protocol(). At this stage, the cross chip notifier chains aren't initialized, so we call each switch's connect() method by hand. Then there is dsa_tree_bind_tag_proto() during dsa_tree_change_tag_proto(), and here we have an old protocol and a new one. We first connect to the new one before disconnecting from the old one, to simplify error handling a bit and to ensure we remain in a valid state at all times. Co-developed-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
857fdd74 |
|
06-Dec-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: eliminate dsa_switch_ops :: port_bridge_tx_fwd_{,un}offload We don't really need new switch API for these, and with new switches which intend to add support for this feature, it will become cumbersome to maintain. The change consists in restructuring the two drivers that implement this offload (sja1105 and mv88e6xxx) such that the offload is enabled and disabled from the ->port_bridge_{join,leave} methods instead of the old ->port_bridge_tx_fwd_{,un}offload. The only non-trivial change is that mv88e6xxx_map_virtual_bridge_to_pvt() has been moved to avoid a forward declaration, and the mv88e6xxx_reg_lock() calls from inside it have been removed, since locking is now done from mv88e6xxx_port_bridge_{join,leave}. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
b079922b |
|
06-Dec-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: add a "tx_fwd_offload" argument to ->port_bridge_join This is a preparation patch for the removal of the DSA switch methods ->port_bridge_tx_fwd_offload() and ->port_bridge_tx_fwd_unoffload(). The plan is for the switch to report whether it offloads TX forwarding directly as a response to the ->port_bridge_join() method. This change deals with the noisy portion of converting all existing function prototypes to take this new boolean pointer argument. The bool is placed in the cross-chip notifier structure for bridge join, and a reference to it is provided to drivers. In the next change, DSA will then actually look at this value instead of calling ->port_bridge_tx_fwd_offload(). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
d3eed0e5 |
|
06-Dec-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: keep the bridge_dev and bridge_num as part of the same structure The main desire behind this is to provide coherent bridge information to the fast path without locking. For example, right now we set dp->bridge_dev and dp->bridge_num from separate code paths, it is theoretically possible for a packet transmission to read these two port properties consecutively and find a bridge number which does not correspond with the bridge device. Another desire is to start passing more complex bridge information to dsa_switch_ops functions. For example, with FDB isolation, it is expected that drivers will need to be passed the bridge which requested an FDB/MDB entry to be offloaded, and along with that bridge_dev, the associated bridge_num should be passed too, in case the driver might want to implement an isolation scheme based on that number. We already pass the {bridge_dev, bridge_num} pair to the TX forwarding offload switch API, however we'd like to remove that and squash it into the basic bridge join/leave API. So that means we need to pass this pair to the bridge join/leave API. During dsa_port_bridge_leave, first we unset dp->bridge_dev, then we call the driver's .port_bridge_leave with what used to be our dp->bridge_dev, but provided as an argument. When bridge_dev and bridge_num get folded into a single structure, we need to preserve this behavior in dsa_port_bridge_leave: we need a copy of what used to be in dp->bridge. Switch drivers check bridge membership by comparing dp->bridge_dev with the provided bridge_dev, but now, if we provide the struct dsa_bridge as a pointer, they cannot keep comparing dp->bridge to the provided pointer, since this only points to an on-stack copy. To make this obvious and prevent driver writers from forgetting and doing stupid things, in this new API, the struct dsa_bridge is provided as a full structure (not very large, contains an int and a pointer) instead of a pointer. An explicit comparison function needs to be used to determine bridge membership: dsa_port_offloads_bridge(). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
6a43cba3 |
|
06-Dec-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: export bridging offload helpers to drivers Move the static inline helpers from net/dsa/dsa_priv.h to include/net/dsa.h, so that drivers can call functions such as dsa_port_offloads_bridge_dev(), which will be necessary after the transition to a more complex bridge structure. More functions than are needed right now are being moved, but this is done for uniformity. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
36cbf39b |
|
06-Dec-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: hide dp->bridge_dev and dp->bridge_num in the core behind helpers The location of the bridge device pointer and number is going to change. It is not going to be kept individually per port, but in a common structure allocated dynamically and which will have lockdep validation. Create helpers to access these elements so that we have a migration path to the new organization. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
947c8746 |
|
06-Dec-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: assign a bridge number even without TX forwarding offload The service where DSA assigns a unique bridge number for each forwarding domain is useful even for drivers which do not implement the TX forwarding offload feature. For example, drivers might use the dp->bridge_num for FDB isolation. So rename ds->num_fwd_offloading_bridges to ds->max_num_bridges, and calculate a unique bridge_num for all drivers that set this value. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
3f9bb030 |
|
06-Dec-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: make dp->bridge_num one-based I have seen too many bugs already due to the fact that we must encode an invalid dp->bridge_num as a negative value, because the natural tendency is to check that invalid value using (!dp->bridge_num). Latest example can be seen in commit 1bec0f05062c ("net: dsa: fix bridge_num not getting cleared after ports leaving the bridge"). Convert the existing users to assume that dp->bridge_num == 0 is the encoding for invalid, and valid bridge numbers start from 1. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
072eea6c |
|
30-Nov-2021 |
Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> |
net: dsa: replace phylink_get_interfaces() with phylink_get_caps() Phylink needs slightly more information than phylink_get_interfaces() allows us to get from the DSA drivers - we need the MAC capabilities. Replace the phylink_get_interfaces() method with phylink_get_caps() to allow DSA drivers to fill in the phylink_config MAC capabilities field as well. Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
c07c6e8e |
|
28-Oct-2021 |
Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> |
net: dsa: populate supported_interfaces member Add a new DSA switch operation, phylink_get_interfaces, which should fill in which PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_* are supported by given port. Use this before phylink_create() to fill phylinks supported_interfaces member, allowing phylink to determine which PHY_INTERFACE_MODEs are supported. Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org> [tweaked patch and description to add more complete support -- rmk] Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Russell King (Oracle) <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
338a3a47 |
|
24-Oct-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: introduce locking for the address lists on CPU and DSA ports Now that the rtnl_mutex is going away for dsa_port_{host_,}fdb_{add,del}, no one is serializing access to the address lists that DSA keeps for the purpose of reference counting on shared ports (CPU and cascade ports). It can happen for one dsa_switch_do_fdb_del to do list_del on a dp->fdbs element while another dsa_switch_do_fdb_{add,del} is traversing dp->fdbs. We need to avoid that. Currently dp->mdbs is not at risk, because dsa_switch_do_mdb_{add,del} still runs under the rtnl_mutex. But it would be nice if it would not depend on that being the case. So let's introduce a mutex per port (the address lists are per port too) and share it between dp->mdbs and dp->fdbs. The place where we put the locking is interesting. It could be tempting to put a DSA-level lock which still serializes calls to .port_fdb_{add,del}, but it would still not avoid concurrency with other driver code paths that are currently under rtnl_mutex (.port_fdb_dump, .port_fast_age). So it would add a very false sense of security (and adding a global switch-wide lock in DSA to resynchronize with the rtnl_lock is also counterproductive and hard). So the locking is intentionally done only where the dp->fdbs and dp->mdbs lists are traversed. That means, from a driver perspective, that .port_fdb_add will be called with the dp->addr_lists_lock mutex held on the CPU port, but not held on user ports. This is done so that driver writers are not encouraged to rely on any guarantee offered by dp->addr_lists_lock. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
2d7e73f0 |
|
24-Oct-2021 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
Revert "Merge branch 'dsa-rtnl'" This reverts commit 965e6b262f48257dbdb51b565ecfd84877a0ab5f, reversing changes made to 4d98bb0d7ec2d0b417df6207b0bafe1868bad9f8.
|
#
d3bd8924 |
|
22-Oct-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: introduce locking for the address lists on CPU and DSA ports Now that the rtnl_mutex is going away for dsa_port_{host_,}fdb_{add,del}, no one is serializing access to the address lists that DSA keeps for the purpose of reference counting on shared ports (CPU and cascade ports). It can happen for one dsa_switch_do_fdb_del to do list_del on a dp->fdbs element while another dsa_switch_do_fdb_{add,del} is traversing dp->fdbs. We need to avoid that. Currently dp->mdbs is not at risk, because dsa_switch_do_mdb_{add,del} still runs under the rtnl_mutex. But it would be nice if it would not depend on that being the case. So let's introduce a mutex per port (the address lists are per port too) and share it between dp->mdbs and dp->fdbs. The place where we put the locking is interesting. It could be tempting to put a DSA-level lock which still serializes calls to .port_fdb_{add,del}, but it would still not avoid concurrency with other driver code paths that are currently under rtnl_mutex (.port_fdb_dump, .port_fast_age). So it would add a very false sense of security (and adding a global switch-wide lock in DSA to resynchronize with the rtnl_lock is also counterproductive and hard). So the locking is intentionally done only where the dp->fdbs and dp->mdbs lists are traversed. That means, from a driver perspective, that .port_fdb_add will be called with the dp->addr_lists_lock mutex held on the CPU port, but not held on user ports. This is done so that driver writers are not encouraged to rely on any guarantee offered by dp->addr_lists_lock. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d0004a02 |
|
20-Oct-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: remove the "dsa_to_port in a loop" antipattern from the core Ever since Vivien's conversion of the ds->ports array into a dst->ports list, and the introduction of dsa_to_port, iterations through the ports of a switch became quadratic whenever dsa_to_port was needed. dsa_to_port can either be called directly, or indirectly through the dsa_is_{user,cpu,dsa,unused}_port helpers. Use the newly introduced dsa_switch_for_each_port() iteration macro that works with the iterator variable being a struct dsa_port *dp directly, and not an int i. It is an expensive variable to go from i to dp, but cheap to go from dp to i. This macro iterates through the entire ds->dst->ports list and filters by the ports belonging just to the switch provided as argument. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
82b31898 |
|
20-Oct-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: introduce helpers for iterating through ports using dp Since the DSA conversion from the ds->ports array into the dst->ports list, the DSA API has encouraged driver writers, as well as the core itself, to write inefficient code. Currently, code that wants to filter by a specific type of port when iterating, like {!unused, user, cpu, dsa}, uses the dsa_is_*_port helper. Under the hood, this uses dsa_to_port which iterates again through dst->ports. But the driver iterates through the port list already, so the complexity is quadratic for the typical case of a single-switch tree. This patch introduces some iteration helpers where the iterator is already a struct dsa_port *dp, so that the other variant of the filtering functions, dsa_port_is_{unused,user,cpu_dsa}, can be used directly on the iterator. This eliminates the second lookup. These functions can be used both by the core and by drivers. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1521d5ad |
|
18-Oct-2021 |
Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk> |
net: dsa: tag_rtl8_4: add realtek 8 byte protocol 4 tag This commit implements a basic version of the 8 byte tag protocol used in the Realtek RTL8365MB-VC unmanaged switch, which carries with it a protocol version of 0x04. The implementation itself only handles the parsing of the EtherType value and Realtek protocol version, together with the source or destination port fields. The rest is left unimplemented for now. The tag format is described in a confidential document provided to my company by Realtek Semiconductor Corp. Permission has been granted by the vendor to publish this driver based on that material, together with an extract from the document describing the tag format and its fields. It is hoped that this will help future implementors who do not have access to the material but who wish to extend the functionality of drivers for chips which use this protocol. In addition, two possible values of the REASON field are specified, based on experiments on my end. Realtek does not specify what value this field can take. Signed-off-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Arınç ÜNAL <arinc.unal@arinc9.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
487d3855 |
|
18-Oct-2021 |
Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk> |
net: dsa: allow reporting of standard ethtool stats for slave devices Jakub pointed out that we have a new ethtool API for reporting device statistics in a standardized way, via .get_eth_{phy,mac,ctrl}_stats. Add a small amount of plumbing to allow DSA drivers to take advantage of this when exposing statistics. Suggested-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Alvin Šipraga <alsi@bang-olufsen.dk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
fd292c18 |
|
17-Sep-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: tear down devlink port regions when tearing down the devlink port on error Commit 86f8b1c01a0a ("net: dsa: Do not make user port errors fatal") decided it was fine to ignore errors on certain ports that fail to probe, and go on with the ports that do probe fine. Commit fb6ec87f7229 ("net: dsa: Fix type was not set for devlink port") noticed that devlink_port_type_eth_set(dlp, dp->slave); does not get called, and devlink notices after a timeout of 3600 seconds and prints a WARN_ON. So it went ahead to unregister the devlink port. And because there exists an UNUSED port flavour, we actually re-register the devlink port as UNUSED. Commit 08156ba430b4 ("net: dsa: Add devlink port regions support to DSA") added devlink port regions, which are set up by the driver and not by DSA. When we trigger the devlink port deregistration and reregistration as unused, devlink now prints another WARN_ON, from here: devlink_port_unregister: WARN_ON(!list_empty(&devlink_port->region_list)); So the port still has regions, which makes sense, because they were set up by the driver, and the driver doesn't know we're unregistering the devlink port. Somebody needs to tear them down, and optionally (actually it would be nice, to be consistent) set them up again for the new devlink port. But DSA's layering stays in our way quite badly here. The options I've considered are: 1. Introduce a function in devlink to just change a port's type and flavour. No dice, devlink keeps a lot of state, it really wants the port to not be registered when you set its parameters, so changing anything can only be done by destroying what we currently have and recreating it. 2. Make DSA cache the parameters passed to dsa_devlink_port_region_create, and the region returned, keep those in a list, then when the devlink port unregister needs to take place, the existing devlink regions are destroyed by DSA, and we replay the creation of new regions using the cached parameters. Problem: mv88e6xxx keeps the region pointers in chip->ports[port].region, and these will remain stale after DSA frees them. There are many things DSA can do, but updating mv88e6xxx's private pointers is not one of them. 3. Just let the driver do it (i.e. introduce a very specific method called ds->ops->port_reinit_as_unused, which unregisters its devlink port devlink regions, then the old devlink port, then registers the new one, then the devlink port regions for it). While it does work, as opposed to the others, it's pretty horrible from an API perspective and we can do better. 4. Introduce a new pair of methods, ->port_setup and ->port_teardown, which in the case of mv88e6xxx must register and unregister the devlink port regions. Call these 2 methods when the port must be reinitialized as unused. Naturally, I went for the 4th approach. Fixes: 08156ba430b4 ("net: dsa: Add devlink port regions support to DSA") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0650bf52 |
|
17-Sep-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: be compatible with masters which unregister on shutdown Lino reports that on his system with bcmgenet as DSA master and KSZ9897 as a switch, rebooting or shutting down never works properly. What does the bcmgenet driver have special to trigger this, that other DSA masters do not? It has an implementation of ->shutdown which simply calls its ->remove implementation. Otherwise said, it unregisters its network interface on shutdown. This message can be seen in a loop, and it hangs the reboot process there: unregister_netdevice: waiting for eth0 to become free. Usage count = 3 So why 3? A usage count of 1 is normal for a registered network interface, and any virtual interface which links itself as an upper of that will increment it via dev_hold. In the case of DSA, this is the call path: dsa_slave_create -> netdev_upper_dev_link -> __netdev_upper_dev_link -> __netdev_adjacent_dev_insert -> dev_hold So a DSA switch with 3 interfaces will result in a usage count elevated by two, and netdev_wait_allrefs will wait until they have gone away. Other stacked interfaces, like VLAN, watch NETDEV_UNREGISTER events and delete themselves, but DSA cannot just vanish and go poof, at most it can unbind itself from the switch devices, but that must happen strictly earlier compared to when the DSA master unregisters its net_device, so reacting on the NETDEV_UNREGISTER event is way too late. It seems that it is a pretty established pattern to have a driver's ->shutdown hook redirect to its ->remove hook, so the same code is executed regardless of whether the driver is unbound from the device, or the system is just shutting down. As Florian puts it, it is quite a big hammer for bcmgenet to unregister its net_device during shutdown, but having a common code path with the driver unbind helps ensure it is well tested. So DSA, for better or for worse, has to live with that and engage in an arms race of implementing the ->shutdown hook too, from all individual drivers, and do something sane when paired with masters that unregister their net_device there. The only sane thing to do, of course, is to unlink from the master. However, complications arise really quickly. The pattern of redirecting ->shutdown to ->remove is not unique to bcmgenet or even to net_device drivers. In fact, SPI controllers do it too (see dspi_shutdown -> dspi_remove), and presumably, I2C controllers and MDIO controllers do it too (this is something I have not researched too deeply, but even if this is not the case today, it is certainly plausible to happen in the future, and must be taken into consideration). Since DSA switches might be SPI devices, I2C devices, MDIO devices, the insane implication is that for the exact same DSA switch device, we might have both ->shutdown and ->remove getting called. So we need to do something with that insane environment. The pattern I've come up with is "if this, then not that", so if either ->shutdown or ->remove gets called, we set the device's drvdata to NULL, and in the other hook, we check whether the drvdata is NULL and just do nothing. This is probably not necessary for platform devices, just for devices on buses, but I would really insist for consistency among drivers, because when code is copy-pasted, it is not always copy-pasted from the best sources. So depending on whether the DSA switch's ->remove or ->shutdown will get called first, we cannot really guarantee even for the same driver if rebooting will result in the same code path on all platforms. But nonetheless, we need to do something minimally reasonable on ->shutdown too to fix the bug. Of course, the ->remove will do more (a full teardown of the tree, with all data structures freed, and this is why the bug was not caught for so long). The new ->shutdown method is kept separate from dsa_unregister_switch not because we couldn't have unregistered the switch, but simply in the interest of doing something quick and to the point. The big question is: does the DSA switch's ->shutdown get called earlier than the DSA master's ->shutdown? If not, there is still a risk that we might still trigger the WARN_ON in unregister_netdevice that says we are attempting to unregister a net_device which has uppers. That's no good. Although the reference to the master net_device won't physically go away even if DSA's ->shutdown comes afterwards, remember we have a dev_hold on it. The answer to that question lies in this comment above device_link_add: * A side effect of the link creation is re-ordering of dpm_list and the * devices_kset list by moving the consumer device and all devices depending * on it to the ends of these lists (that does not happen to devices that have * not been registered when this function is called). so the fact that DSA uses device_link_add towards its master is not exactly for nothing. device_shutdown() walks devices_kset from the back, so this is our guarantee that DSA's shutdown happens before the master's shutdown. Fixes: 2f1e8ea726e9 ("net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings") Link: https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210909095324.12978-1-LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de/ Reported-by: Lino Sanfilippo <LinoSanfilippo@gmx.de> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a57d8c21 |
|
14-Sep-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: flush switchdev workqueue before tearing down CPU/DSA ports Sometimes when unbinding the mv88e6xxx driver on Turris MOX, these error messages appear: mv88e6085 d0032004.mdio-mii:12: port 1 failed to delete be:79:b4:9e:9e:96 vid 1 from fdb: -2 mv88e6085 d0032004.mdio-mii:12: port 1 failed to delete be:79:b4:9e:9e:96 vid 0 from fdb: -2 mv88e6085 d0032004.mdio-mii:12: port 1 failed to delete d8:58:d7:00:ca:6d vid 100 from fdb: -2 mv88e6085 d0032004.mdio-mii:12: port 1 failed to delete d8:58:d7:00:ca:6d vid 1 from fdb: -2 mv88e6085 d0032004.mdio-mii:12: port 1 failed to delete d8:58:d7:00:ca:6d vid 0 from fdb: -2 (and similarly for other ports) What happens is that DSA has a policy "even if there are bugs, let's at least not leak memory" and dsa_port_teardown() clears the dp->fdbs and dp->mdbs lists, which are supposed to be empty. But deleting that cleanup code, the warnings go away. => the FDB and MDB lists (used for refcounting on shared ports, aka CPU and DSA ports) will eventually be empty, but are not empty by the time we tear down those ports. Aka we are deleting them too soon. The addresses that DSA complains about are host-trapped addresses: the local addresses of the ports, and the MAC address of the bridge device. The problem is that offloading those entries happens from a deferred work item scheduled by the SWITCHDEV_FDB_DEL_TO_DEVICE handler, and this races with the teardown of the CPU and DSA ports where the refcounting is kept. In fact, not only it races, but fundamentally speaking, if we iterate through the port list linearly, we might end up tearing down the shared ports even before we delete a DSA user port which has a bridge upper. So as it turns out, we need to first tear down the user ports (and the unused ones, for no better place of doing that), then the shared ports (the CPU and DSA ports). In between, we need to ensure that all work items scheduled by our switchdev handlers (which only run for user ports, hence the reason why we tear them down first) have finished. Fixes: 161ca59d39e9 ("net: dsa: reference count the MDB entries at the cross-chip notifier level") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210914134726.2305133-1-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
58adf9dc |
|
23-Aug-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: let drivers state that they need VLAN filtering while standalone As explained in commit e358bef7c392 ("net: dsa: Give drivers the chance to veto certain upper devices"), the hellcreek driver uses some tricks to comply with the network stack expectations: it enforces port separation in standalone mode using VLANs. For untagged traffic, bridging between ports is prevented by using different PVIDs, and for VLAN-tagged traffic, it never accepts 8021q uppers with the same VID on two ports, so packets with one VLAN cannot leak from one port to another. That is almost fine*, and has worked because hellcreek relied on an implicit behavior of the DSA core that was changed by the previous patch: the standalone ports declare the 'rx-vlan-filter' feature as 'on [fixed]'. Since most of the DSA drivers are actually VLAN-unaware in standalone mode, that feature was actually incorrectly reflecting the hardware/driver state, so there was a desire to fix it. This leaves the hellcreek driver in a situation where it has to explicitly request this behavior from the DSA framework. We configure the ports as follows: - Standalone: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper on top of a standalone hellcreek port will go through dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid and will add a VLAN to the hardware tables, giving the driver the opportunity to refuse it through .port_prechangeupper. - Bridged with vlan_filtering=0: 'rx-vlan-filter' is off. An 8021q upper on top of a bridged hellcreek port will not go through dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid, because there will not be any attempt to offload this VLAN. The driver already disables VLAN awareness, so that upper should receive the traffic it needs. - Bridged with vlan_filtering=1: 'rx-vlan-filter' is on. An 8021q upper on top of a bridged hellcreek port will call dsa_slave_vlan_rx_add_vid, and can again be vetoed through .port_prechangeupper. *It is not actually completely fine, because if I follow through correctly, we can have the following situation: ip link add br0 type bridge vlan_filtering 0 ip link set lan0 master br0 # lan0 now becomes VLAN-unaware ip link set lan0 nomaster # lan0 fails to become VLAN-aware again, therefore breaking isolation This patch fixes that corner case by extending the DSA core logic, based on this requested attribute, to change the VLAN awareness state of the switch (port) when it leaves the bridge. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f5e165e7 |
|
19-Aug-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: track unique bridge numbers across all DSA switch trees Right now, cross-tree bridging setups work somewhat by mistake. In the case of cross-tree bridging with sja1105, all switch instances need to agree upon a common VLAN ID for forwarding a packet that belongs to a certain bridging domain. With TX forwarding offload, the VLAN ID is the bridge VLAN for VLAN-aware bridging, and the tag_8021q TX forwarding offload VID (a VLAN which has non-zero VBID bits) for VLAN-unaware bridging. The VBID for VLAN-unaware bridging is derived from the dp->bridge_num value calculated by DSA independently for each switch tree. If ports from one tree join one bridge, and ports from another tree join another bridge, DSA will assign them the same bridge_num, even though the bridges are different. If cross-tree bridging is supported, this is an issue. Modify DSA to calculate the bridge_num globally across all switch trees. This has the implication for a driver that the dp->bridge_num value that DSA will assign to its ports might not be contiguous, if there are boards with multiple DSA drivers instantiated. Additionally, all bridge_num values eat up towards each switch's ds->num_fwd_offloading_bridges maximum, which is potentially unfortunate, and can be seen as a limitation introduced by this patch. However, that is the lesser evil for now. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5313a37b |
|
08-Aug-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: sja1105: rely on DSA core tracking of port learning state Now that DSA keeps track of the port learning state, it becomes superfluous to keep an additional variable with this information in the sja1105 driver. Remove it. The DSA core's learning state is present in struct dsa_port *dp. To avoid the antipattern where we iterate through a DSA switch's ports and then call dsa_to_port to obtain the "dp" reference (which is bad because dsa_to_port iterates through the DSA switch tree once again), just iterate through the dst->ports and operate on those directly. The sja1105 had an extra use of priv->learn_ena on non-user ports. DSA does not touch the learning state of those ports - drivers are free to do what they wish on them. Mark that information with a comment in struct dsa_port and let sja1105 set dp->learning for cascade ports. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
045c45d1 |
|
08-Aug-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: centralize fast ageing when address learning is turned off Currently DSA leaves it down to device drivers to fast age the FDB on a port when address learning is disabled on it. There are 2 reasons for doing that in the first place: - when address learning is disabled by user space, through IFLA_BRPORT_LEARNING or the brport_attr_learning sysfs, what user space typically wants to achieve is to operate in a mode with no dynamic FDB entry on that port. But if the port is already up, some addresses might have been already learned on it, and it seems silly to wait for 5 minutes for them to expire until something useful can be done. - when a port leaves a bridge and becomes standalone, DSA turns off address learning on it. This also has the nice side effect of flushing the dynamically learned bridge FDB entries on it, which is a good idea because standalone ports should not have bridge FDB entries on them. We let drivers manage fast ageing under this condition because if DSA were to do it, it would need to track each port's learning state, and act upon the transition, which it currently doesn't. But there are 2 reasons why doing it is better after all: - drivers might get it wrong and not do it (see b53_port_set_learning) - we would like to flush the dynamic entries from the software bridge too, and letting drivers do that would be another pain point So track the port learning state and trigger a fast age process automatically within DSA. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c73c5708 |
|
05-Aug-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: don't disable multicast flooding to the CPU even without an IGMP querier Commit 08cc83cc7fd8 ("net: dsa: add support for BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute") added an option for users to turn off multicast flooding towards the CPU if they turn off the IGMP querier on a bridge which already has enslaved ports (echo 0 > /sys/class/net/br0/bridge/multicast_router). And commit a8b659e7ff75 ("net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags") simply papered over that issue, because it moved the decision to flood the CPU with multicast (or not) from the DSA core down to individual drivers, instead of taking a more radical position then. The truth is that disabling multicast flooding to the CPU is simply something we are not prepared to do now, if at all. Some reasons: - ICMP6 neighbor solicitation messages are unregistered multicast packets as far as the bridge is concerned. So if we stop flooding multicast, the outside world cannot ping the bridge device's IPv6 link-local address. - There might be foreign interfaces bridged with our DSA switch ports (sending a packet towards the host does not necessarily equal termination, but maybe software forwarding). So if there is no one interested in that multicast traffic in the local network stack, that doesn't mean nobody is. - PTP over L4 (IPv4, IPv6) is multicast, but is unregistered as far as the bridge is concerned. This should reach the CPU port. - The switch driver might not do FDB partitioning. And since we don't even bother to do more fine-grained flood disabling (such as "disable flooding _from_port_N_ towards the CPU port" as opposed to "disable flooding _from_any_port_ towards the CPU port"), this breaks standalone ports, or even multiple bridges where one has an IGMP querier and one doesn't. Reverting the logic makes all of the above work. Fixes: a8b659e7ff75 ("net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags") Fixes: 08cc83cc7fd8 ("net: dsa: add support for BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
29a097b7 |
|
31-Jul-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: remove the struct packet_type argument from dsa_device_ops::rcv() No tagging driver uses this. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a7605370 |
|
27-Jul-2021 |
Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> |
dev_ioctl: split out ndo_eth_ioctl Most users of ndo_do_ioctl are ethernet drivers that implement the MII commands SIOCGMIIPHY/SIOCGMIIREG/SIOCSMIIREG, or hardware timestamping with SIOCSHWTSTAMP/SIOCGHWTSTAMP. Separate these from the few drivers that use ndo_do_ioctl to implement SIOCBOND, SIOCBR and SIOCWANDEV commands. This is a purely cosmetic change intended to help readers find their way through the implementation. Cc: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com> Cc: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@ziepe.ca> Cc: Jay Vosburgh <j.vosburgh@gmail.com> Cc: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com> Cc: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net> Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Cc: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Cc: Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> Cc: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Acked-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgg@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
edac6f63 |
|
26-Jul-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
Revert "net: dsa: Allow drivers to filter packets they can decode source port from" This reverts commit cc1939e4b3aaf534fb2f3706820012036825731c. Currently 2 classes of DSA drivers are able to send/receive packets directly through the DSA master: - drivers with DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE - sja1105 Now that sja1105 has gained the ability to perform traffic termination even under the tricky case (VLAN-aware bridge), and that is much more functional (we can perform VLAN-aware bridging with foreign interfaces), there is no reason to keep this code in the receive path of the network core. So delete it. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
123abc06 |
|
22-Jul-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: add support for bridge TX forwarding offload For a DSA switch, to offload the forwarding process of a bridge device means to send the packets coming from the software bridge as data plane packets. This is contrary to everything that DSA has done so far, because the current taggers only know to send control packets (ones that target a specific destination port), whereas data plane packets are supposed to be forwarded according to the FDB lookup, much like packets ingressing on any regular ingress port. If the FDB lookup process returns multiple destination ports (flooding, multicast), then replication is also handled by the switch hardware - the bridge only sends a single packet and avoids the skb_clone(). DSA keeps for each bridge port a zero-based index (the number of the bridge). Multiple ports performing TX forwarding offload to the same bridge have the same dp->bridge_num value, and ports not offloading the TX data plane of a bridge have dp->bridge_num = -1. The tagger can check if the packet that is being transmitted on has skb->offload_fwd_mark = true or not. If it does, it can be sure that the packet belongs to the data plane of a bridge, further information about which can be obtained based on dp->bridge_dev and dp->bridge_num. It can then compose a DSA tag for injecting a data plane packet into that bridge number. For the switch driver side, we offer two new dsa_switch_ops methods, called .port_bridge_fwd_offload_{add,del}, which are modeled after .port_bridge_{join,leave}. These methods are provided in case the driver needs to configure the hardware to treat packets coming from that bridge software interface as data plane packets. The switchdev <-> bridge interaction happens during the netdev_master_upper_dev_link() call, so to switch drivers, the effect is that the .port_bridge_fwd_offload_add() method is called immediately after .port_bridge_join(). If the bridge number exceeds the number of bridges for which the switch driver can offload the TX data plane (and this includes the case where the driver can offload none), DSA falls back to simply returning tx_fwd_offload = false in the switchdev_bridge_port_offload() call. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5b22d366 |
|
22-Jul-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: track the number of switches in a tree In preparation of supporting data plane forwarding on behalf of a software bridge, some drivers might need to view bridges as virtual switches behind the CPU port in a cross-chip topology. Give them some help and let them know how many physical switches there are in the tree, so that they can count the virtual switches starting from that number on. Note that the first dsa_switch_ops method where this information is reliably available is .setup(). This is because of how DSA works: in a tree with 3 switches, each calling dsa_register_switch(), the first 2 will advance until dsa_tree_setup() -> dsa_tree_setup_routing_table() and exit with error code 0 because the topology is not complete. Since probing is parallel at this point, one switch does not know about the existence of the other. Then the third switch comes, and for it, dsa_tree_setup_routing_table() returns complete = true. This switch goes ahead and calls dsa_tree_setup_switches() for everybody else, calling their .setup() methods too. This acts as the synchronization point. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5da11eb4 |
|
19-Jul-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: make tag_8021q operations part of the core Make tag_8021q a more central element of DSA and move the 2 driver specific operations outside of struct dsa_8021q_context (which is supposed to hold dynamic data and not really constant function pointers). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d7b1fd52 |
|
19-Jul-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: let the core manage the tag_8021q context The basic problem description is as follows: Be there 3 switches in a daisy chain topology: | sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4 [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ] | +---------+ | sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4 [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ] | +---------+ | sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4 [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] The CPU will not be able to ping through the user ports of the bottom-most switch (like for example sw2p0), simply because tag_8021q was not coded up for this scenario - it has always assumed DSA switch trees with a single switch. To add support for the topology above, we must admit that the RX VLAN of sw2p0 must be added on some ports of switches 0 and 1 as well. This is in fact a textbook example of thing that can use the cross-chip notifier framework that DSA has set up in switch.c. There is only one problem: core DSA (switch.c) is not able right now to make the connection between a struct dsa_switch *ds and a struct dsa_8021q_context *ctx. Right now, it is drivers who call into tag_8021q.c and always provide a struct dsa_8021q_context *ctx pointer, and tag_8021q.c calls them back with the .tag_8021q_vlan_{add,del} methods. But with cross-chip notifiers, it is possible for tag_8021q to call drivers without drivers having ever asked for anything. A good example is right above: when sw2p0 wants to set itself up for tag_8021q, the .tag_8021q_vlan_add method needs to be called for switches 1 and 0, so that they transport sw2p0's VLANs towards the CPU without dropping them. So instead of letting drivers manage the tag_8021q context, add a tag_8021q_ctx pointer inside of struct dsa_switch, which will be populated when dsa_tag_8021q_register() returns success. The patch is fairly long-winded because we are partly reverting commit 5899ee367ab3 ("net: dsa: tag_8021q: add a context structure") which made the driver-facing tag_8021q API use "ctx" instead of "ds". Now that we can access "ctx" directly from "ds", this is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3f6e32f9 |
|
29-Jun-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: reference count the FDB addresses at the cross-chip notifier level The same concerns expressed for host MDB entries are valid for host FDBs just as well: - in the case of multiple bridges spanning the same switch chip, deleting a host FDB entry that belongs to one bridge will result in breakage to the other bridge - not deleting FDB entries across DSA links means that the switch's hardware tables will eventually run out, given enough wear&tear So do the same thing and introduce reference counting for CPU ports and DSA links using the same data structures as we have for MDB entries. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
161ca59d |
|
29-Jun-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: reference count the MDB entries at the cross-chip notifier level Ever since the cross-chip notifiers were introduced, the design was meant to be simplistic and just get the job done without worrying too much about dangling resources left behind. For example, somebody installs an MDB entry on sw0p0 in this daisy chain topology. It gets installed using ds->ops->port_mdb_add() on sw0p0, sw1p4 and sw2p4. | sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4 [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ] [ x ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] | +---------+ | sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4 [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ] | +---------+ | sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4 [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ x ] Then the same person deletes that MDB entry. The cross-chip notifier for deletion only matches sw0p0: | sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 sw0p4 [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ cpu ] [ x ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] | +---------+ | sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 sw1p4 [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ dsa ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] | +---------+ | sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3 sw2p4 [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ user ] [ dsa ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] Why? Because the DSA links are 'trunk' ports, if we just go ahead and delete the MDB from sw1p4 and sw2p4 directly, we might delete those multicast entries when they are still needed. Just consider the fact that somebody does: - add a multicast MAC address towards sw0p0 [ via the cross-chip notifiers it gets installed on the DSA links too ] - add the same multicast MAC address towards sw0p1 (another port of that same switch) - delete the same multicast MAC address from sw0p0. At this point, if we deleted the MAC address from the DSA links, it would be flooded, even though there is still an entry on switch 0 which needs it not to. So that is why deletions only match the targeted source port and nothing on DSA links. Of course, dangling resources means that the hardware tables will eventually run out given enough additions/removals, but hey, at least it's simple. But there is a bigger concern which needs to be addressed, and that is our support for SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB. DSA simply translates such an object into a dsa_port_host_mdb_add() which ends up as ds->ops->port_mdb_add() on the upstream port, and a similar thing happens on deletion: dsa_port_host_mdb_del() will trigger ds->ops->port_mdb_del() on the upstream port. When there are 2 VLAN-unaware bridges spanning the same switch (which is a use case DSA proudly supports), each bridge will install its own SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_HOST_MDB entries. But upon deletion, DSA goes ahead and emits a DSA_NOTIFIER_MDB_DEL for dp->cpu_dp, which is shared between the user ports enslaved to br0 and the user ports enslaved to br1. Not good. The host-trapped multicast addresses installed by br1 will be deleted when any state changes in br0 (IGMP timers expire, or ports leave, etc). To avoid this, we could of course go the route of the zero-sum game and delete the DSA_NOTIFIER_MDB_DEL call for dp->cpu_dp. But the better design is to just admit that on shared ports like DSA links and CPU ports, we should be reference counting calls, even if this consumes some dynamic memory which DSA has traditionally avoided. On the flip side, the hardware tables of switches are limited in size, so it would be good if the OS managed them properly instead of having them eventually overflow. To address the memory usage concern, we only apply the refcounting of MDB entries on ports that are really shared (CPU ports and DSA links) and not on user ports. In a typical single-switch setup, this means only the CPU port (and the host MDB entries are not that many, really). The name of the newly introduced data structures (dsa_mac_addr) is chosen in such a way that will be reusable for host FDB entries (next patch). With this change, we can finally have the same matching logic for the MDB additions and deletions, as well as for their host-trapped variants. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
63609c8f |
|
29-Jun-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: introduce dsa_is_upstream_port and dsa_switch_is_upstream_of In preparation for the new cross-chip notifiers for host addresses, let's introduce some more topology helpers which we are going to use to discern switches that are in our path towards the dedicated CPU port from switches that aren't. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a8986681 |
|
21-Jun-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: export the dsa_port_is_{user,cpu,dsa} helpers The difference between dsa_is_user_port and dsa_port_is_user is that the former needs to look up the list of ports of the DSA switch tree in order to find the struct dsa_port, while the latter directly receives it as an argument. dsa_is_user_port is already in widespread use and has its place, so there isn't any chance of converting all callers to a single form. But being able to do: dsa_port_is_user(dp) instead of dsa_is_user_port(dp->ds, dp->index) is much more efficient too, especially when the "dp" comes from an iterator over the DSA switch tree - this reduces the complexity from quadratic to linear. Move these helpers from dsa2.c to include/net/dsa.h so that others can use them too. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4913b8eb |
|
11-Jun-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: add support for the SJA1110 native tagging protocol The SJA1110 has improved a few things compared to SJA1105: - To send a control packet from the host port with SJA1105, one needed to program a one-shot "management route" over SPI. This is no longer true with SJA1110, you can actually send "in-band control extensions" in the packets sent by DSA, these are in fact DSA tags which contain the destination port and switch ID. - When receiving a control packet from the switch with SJA1105, the source port and switch ID were written in bytes 3 and 4 of the destination MAC address of the frame (which was a very poor shot at a DSA header). If the control packet also had an RX timestamp, that timestamp was sent in an actual follow-up packet, so there were reordering concerns on multi-core/multi-queue DSA masters, where the metadata frame with the RX timestamp might get processed before the actual packet to which that timestamp belonged (there is no way to pair a packet to its timestamp other than the order in which they were received). On SJA1110, this is no longer true, control packets have the source port, switch ID and timestamp all in the DSA tags. - Timestamps from the switch were partial: to get a 64-bit timestamp as required by PTP stacks, one would need to take the partial 24-bit or 32-bit timestamp from the packet, then read the current PTP time very quickly, and then patch in the high bits of the current PTP time into the captured partial timestamp, to reconstruct what the full 64-bit timestamp must have been. That is awful because packet processing is done in NAPI context, but reading the current PTP time is done over SPI and therefore needs sleepable context. But it also aggravated a few things: - Not only is there a DSA header in SJA1110, but there is a DSA trailer in fact, too. So DSA needs to be extended to support taggers which have both a header and a trailer. Very unconventional - my understanding is that the trailer exists because the timestamps couldn't be prepared in time for putting them in the header area. - Like SJA1105, not all packets sent to the CPU have the DSA tag added to them, only control packets do: * the ones which match the destination MAC filters/traps in MAC_FLTRES1 and MAC_FLTRES0 * the ones which match FDB entries which have TRAP or TAKETS bits set So we could in theory hack something up to request the switch to take timestamps for all packets that reach the CPU, and those would be DSA-tagged and contain the source port / switch ID by virtue of the fact that there needs to be a timestamp trailer provided. BUT: - The SJA1110 does not parse its own DSA tags in a way that is useful for routing in cross-chip topologies, a la Marvell. And the sja1105 driver already supports cross-chip bridging from the SJA1105 days. It does that by automatically setting up the DSA links as VLAN trunks which contain all the necessary tag_8021q RX VLANs that must be communicated between the switches that span the same bridge. So when using tag_8021q on sja1105, it is possible to have 2 switches with ports sw0p0, sw0p1, sw1p0, sw1p1, and 2 VLAN-unaware bridges br0 and br1, and br0 can take sw0p0 and sw1p0, and br1 can take sw0p1 and sw1p1, and forwarding will happen according to the expected rules of the Linux bridge. We like that, and we don't want that to go away, so as a matter of fact, the SJA1110 tagger still needs to support tag_8021q. So the sja1110 tagger is a hybrid between tag_8021q for data packets, and the native hardware support for control packets. On RX, packets have a 13-byte trailer if they contain an RX timestamp. That trailer is padded in such a way that its byte 8 (the start of the "residence time" field - not parsed by Linux because we don't care) is aligned on a 16 byte boundary. So the padding has a variable length between 0 and 15 bytes. The DSA header contains the offset of the beginning of the padding relative to the beginning of the frame (and the end of the padding is obviously the end of the packet minus 13 bytes, the length of the trailer). So we discard it. Packets which don't have a trailer contain the source port and switch ID information in the header (they are "trap-to-host" packets). Packets which have a trailer contain the source port and switch ID in the trailer. On TX, the destination port mask and switch ID is always in the trailer, so we always need to say in the header that a trailer is present. The header needs a custom EtherType and this was chosen as 0xdadc, after 0xdada which is for Marvell and 0xdadb which is for VLANs in VLAN-unaware mode on SJA1105 (and SJA1110 in fact too). Because we use tag_8021q in concert with the native tagging protocol, control packets will have 2 DSA tags. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4e500251 |
|
11-Jun-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: generalize overhead for taggers that use both headers and trailers Some really really weird switches just couldn't decide whether to use a normal or a tail tagger, so they just did both. This creates problems for DSA, because we only have the concept of an 'overhead' which can be applied to the headroom or to the tailroom of the skb (like for example during the central TX reallocation procedure), depending on the value of bool tail_tag, but not to both. We need to generalize DSA to cater for these odd switches by transforming the 'overhead / tail_tag' pair into 'needed_headroom / needed_tailroom'. The DSA master's MTU is increased to account for both. The flow dissector code is modified such that it only calls the DSA adjustment callback if the tagger has a non-zero header length. Taggers are trivially modified to declare either needed_headroom or needed_tailroom, based on the tail_tag value that they currently declare. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c4b364ce |
|
26-Apr-2021 |
Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: free skb->cb usage in core driver Free skb->cb usage in core driver and let device drivers decide to use or not. The reason having a DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->clone was because dsa_skb_tx_timestamp() which may set the clone pointer was called before p->xmit() which would use the clone if any, and the device driver has no way to initialize the clone pointer. This patch just put memset(skb->cb, 0, sizeof(skb->cb)) at beginning of dsa_slave_xmit(). Some new features in the future, like one-step timestamp may need more bytes of skb->cb to use in dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(), and p->xmit(). Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com> Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5c5416f5 |
|
26-Apr-2021 |
Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: no longer clone skb in core driver It was a waste to clone skb directly in dsa_skb_tx_timestamp(). For one-step timestamping, a clone was not needed. For any failure of port_txtstamp (this may usually happen), the skb clone had to be freed. So this patch moves skb cloning for tx timestamp out of dsa core, and let drivers clone skb in port_txtstamp if they really need. Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com> Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cf536ea3 |
|
26-Apr-2021 |
Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: no longer identify PTP packet in core driver Move ptp_classify_raw out of dsa core driver for handling tx timestamp request. Let device drivers do this if they want. Not all drivers want to limit tx timestamping for only PTP packet. Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com> Tested-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Acked-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
deff7107 |
|
20-Apr-2021 |
Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> |
net: dsa: Allow default tag protocol to be overridden from DT Some combinations of tag protocols and Ethernet controllers are incompatible, and it is hard for the driver to keep track of these. Therefore, allow the device tree author (typically the board vendor) to inform the driver of this fact by selecting an alternate protocol that is known to work. Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a71acad9 |
|
19-Apr-2021 |
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> |
net: dsa: enable selftest support for all switches by default Most of generic selftest should be able to work with probably all ethernet controllers. The DSA switches are not exception, so enable it by default at least for DSA. This patch was tested with SJA1105 and AR9331. Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
83216e39 |
|
12-Apr-2021 |
Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc> |
of: net: pass the dst buffer to of_get_mac_address() of_get_mac_address() returns a "const void*" pointer to a MAC address. Lately, support to fetch the MAC address by an NVMEM provider was added. But this will only work with platform devices. It will not work with PCI devices (e.g. of an integrated root complex) and esp. not with DSA ports. There is an of_* variant of the nvmem binding which works without devices. The returned data of a nvmem_cell_read() has to be freed after use. On the other hand the return of_get_mac_address() points to some static data without a lifetime. The trick for now, was to allocate a device resource managed buffer which is then returned. This will only work if we have an actual device. Change it, so that the caller of of_get_mac_address() has to supply a buffer where the MAC address is written to. Unfortunately, this will touch all drivers which use the of_get_mac_address(). Usually the code looks like: const char *addr; addr = of_get_mac_address(np); if (!IS_ERR(addr)) ether_addr_copy(ndev->dev_addr, addr); This can then be simply rewritten as: of_get_mac_address(np, ndev->dev_addr); Sometimes is_valid_ether_addr() is used to test the MAC address. of_get_mac_address() already makes sure, it just returns a valid MAC address. Thus we can just test its return code. But we have to be careful if there are still other sources for the MAC address before the of_get_mac_address(). In this case we have to keep the is_valid_ether_addr() call. The following coccinelle patch was used to convert common cases to the new style. Afterwards, I've manually gone over the drivers and fixed the return code variable: either used a new one or if one was already available use that. Mansour Moufid, thanks for that coccinelle patch! <spml> @a@ identifier x; expression y, z; @@ - x = of_get_mac_address(y); + x = of_get_mac_address(y, z); <... - ether_addr_copy(z, x); ...> @@ identifier a.x; @@ - if (<+... x ...+>) {} @@ identifier a.x; @@ if (<+... x ...+>) { ... } - else {} @@ identifier a.x; expression e; @@ - if (<+... x ...+>@e) - {} - else + if (!(e)) {...} @@ expression x, y, z; @@ - x = of_get_mac_address(y, z); + of_get_mac_address(y, z); ... when != x </spml> All drivers, except drivers/net/ethernet/aeroflex/greth.c, were compile-time tested. Suggested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cc76ce9e |
|
18-Mar-2021 |
Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> |
net: dsa: Add helper to resolve bridge port from DSA port In order for a driver to be able to query a bridge for information about itself, e.g. reading out port flags, it has to use a netdev that is known to the bridge. In the simple case, that is just the netdev representing the port, e.g. swp0 or swp1 in this example: br0 / \ swp0 swp1 But in the case of an offloaded lag, this will be the bond or team interface, e.g. bond0 in this example: br0 / bond0 / \ swp0 swp1 Add a helper that hides some of this complexity from the drivers. Then, redefine dsa_port_offloads_bridge_port using the helper to avoid double accounting of the set of possible offloaded uppers. Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
964dbf18 |
|
17-Mar-2021 |
Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: tag_brcm: add support for legacy tags Add support for legacy Broadcom tags, which are similar to DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM. These tags are used on BCM5325, BCM5365 and BCM63xx switches. Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c595c433 |
|
16-Feb-2021 |
Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> |
net: dsa: add MRP support Add support for offloading MRP in HW. Currently implement the switchdev calls 'SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_MRP', 'SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_RING_ROLE_MRP', to allow to create MRP instances and to set the role of these instances. Add DSA_NOTIFIER_MRP_ADD/DEL and DSA_NOTIFIER_MRP_ADD/DEL_RING_ROLE which calls to .port_mrp_add/del and .port_mrp_add/del_ring_role in the DSA driver for the switch. Signed-off-by: Horatiu Vultur <horatiu.vultur@microchip.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
89153ed6 |
|
13-Feb-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: propagate extack to .port_vlan_filtering Some drivers can't dynamically change the VLAN filtering option, or impose some restrictions, it would be nice to propagate this info through netlink instead of printing it to a kernel log that might never be read. Also netlink extack includes the module that emitted the message, which means that it's easier to figure out which ones are driver-generated errors as opposed to command misuse. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
31046a5f |
|
13-Feb-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: propagate extack to .port_vlan_add Allow drivers to communicate their restrictions to user space directly, instead of printing to the kernel log. Where the conversion would have been lossy and things like VLAN ID could no longer be conveyed (due to the lack of support for printf format specifier in netlink extack), I chose to keep the messages in full form to the kernel log only, and leave it up to individual driver maintainers to move more messages to extack. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7c4bb540 |
|
13-Feb-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: tag_ocelot: create separate tagger for Seville The ocelot tagger is a hot mess currently, it relies on memory initialized by the attached driver for basic frame transmission. This is against all that DSA tagging protocols stand for, which is that the transmission and reception of a DSA-tagged frame, the data path, should be independent from the switch control path, because the tag protocol is in principle hot-pluggable and reusable across switches (even if in practice it wasn't until very recently). But if another driver like dsa_loop wants to make use of tag_ocelot, it couldn't. This was done to have common code between Felix and Ocelot, which have one bit difference in the frame header format. Quoting from commit 67c2404922c2 ("net: dsa: felix: create a template for the DSA tags on xmit"): Other alternatives have been analyzed, such as: - Create a separate tag_seville.c: too much code duplication for just 1 bit field difference. - Create a separate DSA_TAG_PROTO_SEVILLE under tag_ocelot.c, just like tag_brcm.c, which would have a separate .xmit function. Again, too much code duplication for just 1 bit field difference. - Allocate the template from the init function of the tag_ocelot.c module, instead of from the driver: couldn't figure out a method of accessing the correct port template corresponding to the correct tagger in the .xmit function. The really interesting part is that Seville should have had its own tagging protocol defined - it is not compatible on the wire with Ocelot, even for that single bit. In principle, a packet generated by DSA_TAG_PROTO_OCELOT when booted on NXP LS1028A would look in a certain way, but when booted on NXP T1040 it would look differently. The reverse is also true: a packet generated by a Seville switch would be interpreted incorrectly by Wireshark if it was told it was generated by an Ocelot switch. Actually things are a bit more nuanced. If we concentrate only on the DSA tag, what I said above is true, but Ocelot/Seville also support an optional DSA tag prefix, which can be short or long, and it is possible to distinguish the two taggers based on an integer constant put in that prefix. Nonetheless, creating a separate tagger is still justified, since the tag prefix is optional, and without it, there is again no way to distinguish. Claiming backwards binary compatibility is a bit more tough, since I've already changed the format of tag_ocelot once, in commit 5124197ce58b ("net: dsa: tag_ocelot: use a short prefix on both ingress and egress"). Therefore I am not very concerned with treating this as a bugfix and backporting it to stable kernels (which would be another mess due to the fact that there would be lots of conflicts with the other DSA_TAG_PROTO* definitions). It's just simpler to say that the string values of the taggers have ABI value starting with kernel 5.12, which will be when the changing of tag protocol via /sys/class/net/<dsa-master>/dsa/tagging goes live. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a8b659e7 |
|
12-Feb-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: act as passthrough for bridge port flags There are multiple ways in which a PORT_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute can be expressed by the bridge through switchdev, and not all of them can be emulated by DSA mid-layer API at the same time. One possible configuration is when the bridge offloads the port flags using a mask that has a single bit set - therefore only one feature should change. However, DSA currently groups together unicast and multicast flooding in the .port_egress_floods method, which limits our options when we try to add support for turning off broadcast flooding: do we extend .port_egress_floods with a third parameter which b53 and mv88e6xxx will ignore? But that means that the DSA layer, which currently implements the PRE_BRIDGE_FLAGS attribute all by itself, will see that .port_egress_floods is implemented, and will report that all 3 types of flooding are supported - not necessarily true. Another configuration is when the user specifies more than one flag at the same time, in the same netlink message. If we were to create one individual function per offloadable bridge port flag, we would limit the expressiveness of the switch driver of refusing certain combinations of flag values. For example, a switch may not have an explicit knob for flooding of unknown multicast, just for flooding in general. In that case, the only correct thing to do is to allow changes to BR_FLOOD and BR_MCAST_FLOOD in tandem, and never allow mismatched values. But having a separate .port_set_unicast_flood and .port_set_multicast_flood would not allow the driver to possibly reject that. Also, DSA doesn't consider it necessary to inform the driver that a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_MROUTER attribute was offloaded, because it just calls .port_egress_floods for the CPU port. When we'll add support for the plain SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_MROUTER, that will become a real problem because the flood settings will need to be held statefully in the DSA middle layer, otherwise changing the mrouter port attribute will impact the flooding attribute. And that's _assuming_ that the underlying hardware doesn't have anything else to do when a multicast router attaches to a port than flood unknown traffic to it. If it does, there will need to be a dedicated .port_set_mrouter anyway. So we need to let the DSA drivers see the exact form that the bridge passes this switchdev attribute in, otherwise we are standing in the way. Therefore we also need to use this form of language when communicating to the driver that it needs to configure its initial (before bridge join) and final (after bridge leave) port flags. The b53 and mv88e6xxx drivers are converted to the passthrough API and their implementation of .port_egress_floods is split into two: a function that configures unicast flooding and another for multicast. The mv88e6xxx implementation is quite hairy, and it turns out that the implementations of unknown unicast flooding are actually the same for 6185 and for 6352: behind the confusing names actually lie two individual bits: NO_UNKNOWN_MC -> FLOOD_UC = 0x4 = BIT(2) NO_UNKNOWN_UC -> FLOOD_MC = 0x8 = BIT(3) so there was no reason to entangle them in the first place. Whereas the 6185 writes to MV88E6185_PORT_CTL0_FORWARD_UNKNOWN of PORT_CTL0, which has the exact same bit index. I have left the implementations separate though, for the only reason that the names are different enough to confuse me, since I am not able to double-check with a user manual. The multicast flooding setting for 6185 is in a different register than for 6352 though. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
18596f50 |
|
09-Feb-2021 |
George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add support for offloading HSR Add support for offloading of HSR/PRP (IEC 62439-3) tag insertion tag removal, duplicate generation and forwarding on DSA switches. Add DSA_NOTIFIER_HSR_JOIN and DSA_NOTIFIER_HSR_LEAVE which trigger calls to .port_hsr_join and .port_hsr_leave in the DSA driver for the switch. The DSA switch driver should then set netdev feature flags for the HSR/PRP operation that it offloads. NETIF_F_HW_HSR_TAG_INS NETIF_F_HW_HSR_TAG_RM NETIF_F_HW_HSR_FWD NETIF_F_HW_HSR_DUP Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7c83a7c5 |
|
28-Jan-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: add a second tagger for Ocelot switches based on tag_8021q There are use cases for which the existing tagger, based on the NPI (Node Processor Interface) functionality, is insufficient. Namely: - Frames injected through the NPI port bypass the frame analyzer, so no source address learning is performed, no TSN stream classification, etc. - Flow control is not functional over an NPI port (PAUSE frames are encapsulated in the same Extraction Frame Header as all other frames) - There can be at most one NPI port configured for an Ocelot switch. But in NXP LS1028A and T1040 there are two Ethernet CPU ports. The non-NPI port is currently either disabled, or operated as a plain user port (albeit an internally-facing one). Having the ability to configure the two CPU ports symmetrically could pave the way for e.g. creating a LAG between them, to increase bandwidth seamlessly for the system. So there is a desire to have an alternative to the NPI mode. This change keeps the default tagger for the Seville and Felix switches as "ocelot", but it can be changed via the following device attribute: echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/<dsa-master>/dsa/tagging Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
53da0eba |
|
28-Jan-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: allow changing the tag protocol via the "tagging" device attribute Currently DSA exposes the following sysfs: $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot which is a read-only device attribute, introduced in the kernel as commit 98cdb4807123 ("net: dsa: Expose tagging protocol to user-space"), and used by libpcap since its commit 993db3800d7d ("Add support for DSA link-layer types"). It would be nice if we could extend this device attribute by making it writable: $ echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging This is useful with DSA switches that can make use of more than one tagging protocol. It may be useful in dsa_loop in the future too, to perform offline testing of various taggers, or for changing between dsa and edsa on Marvell switches, if that is desirable. In terms of implementation, drivers can support this feature by implementing .change_tag_protocol, which should always leave the switch in a consistent state: either with the new protocol if things went well, or with the old one if something failed. Teardown of the old protocol, if necessary, must be handled by the driver. Some things remain as before: - The .get_tag_protocol is currently only called at probe time, to load the initial tagging protocol driver. Nonetheless, new drivers should report the tagging protocol in current use now. - The driver should manage by itself the initial setup of tagging protocol, no later than the .setup() method, as well as destroying resources used by the last tagger in use, no earlier than the .teardown() method. For multi-switch DSA trees, error handling is a bit more complicated, since e.g. the 5th out of 7 switches may fail to change the tag protocol. When that happens, a revert to the original tag protocol is attempted, but that may fail too, leaving the tree in an inconsistent state despite each individual switch implementing .change_tag_protocol transactionally. Since the intersection between drivers that implement .change_tag_protocol and drivers that support D in DSA is currently the empty set, the possibility for this error to happen is ignored for now. Testing: $ insmod mscc_felix.ko [ 79.549784] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Adding to iommu group 14 [ 79.565712] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Failed to register DSA switch: -517 $ insmod tag_ocelot.ko $ rmmod mscc_felix.ko $ insmod mscc_felix.ko [ 97.261724] libphy: VSC9959 internal MDIO bus: probed [ 97.267363] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 0 [ 97.274998] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 1 [ 97.282561] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 2 [ 97.289700] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Found PCS at internal MDIO address 3 [ 97.599163] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:10] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 97.862034] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:11] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 97.950731] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp0: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode [ 97.964278] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp0 [ 98.146161] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp2 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:12] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 98.238649] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp1: configuring for inband/qsgmii link mode [ 98.251845] 8021q: adding VLAN 0 to HW filter on device swp1 [ 98.433916] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5 swp3 (uninitialized): PHY [0000:00:00.3:13] driver [Microsemi GE VSC8514 SyncE] (irq=POLL) [ 98.485542] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: configuring for fixed/internal link mode [ 98.503584] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Up - 2.5Gbps/Full - flow control rx/tx [ 98.527948] device eno2 entered promiscuous mode [ 98.544755] DSA: tree 0 setup $ ping 10.0.0.1 PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=2.337 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.754 ms ^C - 10.0.0.1 ping statistics - 2 packets transmitted, 2 packets received, 0% packet loss round-trip min/avg/max = 0.754/1.545/2.337 ms $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot $ cat ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh #!/bin/bash ip link set swp0 down ip link set swp1 down ip link set swp2 down ip link set swp3 down ip link set swp5 down ip link set eno2 down echo ocelot-8021q > /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ip link set eno2 up ip link set swp0 up ip link set swp1 up ip link set swp2 up ip link set swp3 up ip link set swp5 up $ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh: line 9: echo: write error: Protocol not available $ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot': Resource temporarily unavailable $ insmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko $ ./test_ocelot_8021q.sh $ cat /sys/class/net/eno2/dsa/tagging ocelot-8021q $ rmmod tag_ocelot.ko $ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko rmmod: can't unload module 'tag_ocelot_8021q': Resource temporarily unavailable $ ping 10.0.0.1 PING 10.0.0.1 (10.0.0.1): 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=0 ttl=64 time=0.953 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=1 ttl=64 time=0.787 ms 64 bytes from 10.0.0.1: seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.771 ms $ rmmod mscc_felix.ko [ 645.544426] mscc_felix 0000:00:00.5: Link is Down [ 645.838608] DSA: tree 0 torn down $ rmmod tag_ocelot_8021q.ko Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
357f203b |
|
28-Jan-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: keep a copy of the tagging protocol in the DSA switch tree Cascading DSA switches can be done multiple ways. There is the brute force approach / tag stacking, where one upstream switch, located between leaf switches and the host Ethernet controller, will just happily transport the DSA header of those leaf switches as payload. For this kind of setups, DSA works without any special kind of treatment compared to a single switch - they just aren't aware of each other. Then there's the approach where the upstream switch understands the tags it transports from its leaves below, as it doesn't push a tag of its own, but it routes based on the source port & switch id information present in that tag (as opposed to DMAC & VID) and it strips the tag when egressing a front-facing port. Currently only Marvell implements the latter, and Marvell DSA trees contain only Marvell switches. So it is safe to say that DSA trees already have a single tag protocol shared by all switches, and in fact this is what makes the switches able to understand each other. This fact is also implied by the fact that currently, the tagging protocol is reported as part of a sysfs installed on the DSA master and not per port, so it must be the same for all the ports connected to that DSA master regardless of the switch that they belong to. It's time to make this official and enforce it (yes, this also means we won't have any "switch understands tag to some extent but is not able to speak it" hardware oddities that we'll support in the future). This is needed due to the imminent introduction of the dsa_switch_ops:: change_tag_protocol driver API. When that is introduced, we'll have to notify switches of the tagging protocol that they're configured to use. Currently the tag_ops structure pointer is held only for CPU ports. But there are switches which don't have CPU ports and nonetheless still need to be configured. These would be Marvell leaf switches whose upstream port is just a DSA link. How do we inform these of their tagging protocol setup/deletion? One answer to the above would be: iterate through the DSA switch tree's ports once, list the CPU ports, get their tag_ops, then iterate again now that we have it, and notify everybody of that tag_ops. But what to do if conflicts appear between one cpu_dp->tag_ops and another? There's no escaping the fact that conflict resolution needs to be done, so we can be upfront about it. Ease our work and just keep the master copy of the tag_ops inside the struct dsa_switch_tree. Reference counting is now moved to be per-tree too, instead of per-CPU port. There are many places in the data path that access master->dsa_ptr->tag_ops and we would introduce unnecessary performance penalty going through yet another indirection, so keep those right where they are. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
2a6ef763 |
|
14-Jan-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: add ops for devlink-sb Switches that care about QoS might have hardware support for reserving buffer pools for individual ports or traffic classes, and configuring their sizes and thresholds. Through devlink-sb (shared buffers), this is all configurable, as well as their occupancy being viewable. Add the plumbing in DSA for these operations. Individual drivers still need to call devlink_sb_register() with the shared buffers they want to expose. A helper was not created in DSA for this purpose (unlike, say, dsa_devlink_params_register), since in my opinion it does not bring any benefit over plainly calling devlink_sb_register() directly. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
54a52823 |
|
14-Jan-2021 |
George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com> |
dsa: add support for Arrow XRS700x tag trailer Add support for Arrow SpeedChips XRS700x single byte tag trailer. This is modeled on tag_trailer.c which works in a similar way. Signed-off-by: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
058102a6 |
|
13-Jan-2021 |
Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> |
net: dsa: Link aggregation support Monitor the following events and notify the driver when: - A DSA port joins/leaves a LAG. - A LAG, made up of DSA ports, joins/leaves a bridge. - A DSA port in a LAG is enabled/disabled (enabled meaning "distributing" in 802.3ad LACP terms). When a LAG joins a bridge, the DSA subsystem will treat that as each individual port joining the bridge. The driver may look at the port's LAG device pointer to see if it is associated with any LAG, if that is required. This is analogue to how switchdev events are replicated out to all lower devices when reaching e.g. a LAG. Drivers can optionally request that DSA maintain a linear mapping from a LAG ID to the corresponding netdev by setting ds->num_lag_ids to the desired size. In the event that the hardware is not capable of offloading a particular LAG for any reason (the typical case being use of exotic modes like broadcast), DSA will take a hands-off approach, allowing the LAG to be formed as a pure software construct. This is reported back through the extended ACK, but is otherwise transparent to the user. Signed-off-by: Tobias Waldekranz <tobias@waldekranz.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
c2ec5f2e |
|
11-Jan-2021 |
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> |
net: dsa: add optional stats64 support Allow DSA drivers to export stats64 Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
1958d581 |
|
08-Jan-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: remove the transactional logic from VLAN objects It should be the driver's business to logically separate its VLAN offloading into a preparation and a commit phase, and some drivers don't need / can't do this. So remove the transactional shim from DSA and let drivers propagate errors directly from the .port_vlan_add callback. It would appear that the code has worse error handling now than it had before. DSA is the only in-kernel user of switchdev that offloads one switchdev object to more than one port: for every VLAN object offloaded to a user port, that VLAN is also offloaded to the CPU port. So the "prepare for user port -> check for errors -> prepare for CPU port -> check for errors -> commit for user port -> commit for CPU port" sequence appears to make more sense than the one we are using now: "offload to user port -> check for errors -> offload to CPU port -> check for errors", but it is really a compromise. In the new way, we can catch errors from the commit phase that we previously had to ignore. But we have our hands tied and cannot do any rollback now: if we add a VLAN on the CPU port and it fails, we can't do the rollback by simply deleting it from the user port, because the switchdev API is not so nice with us: it could have simply been there already, even with the same flags. So we don't even attempt to rollback anything on addition error, just leave whatever VLANs managed to get offloaded right where they are. This should not be a problem at all in practice. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
a52b2da7 |
|
08-Jan-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: remove the transactional logic from MDB entries For many drivers, the .port_mdb_prepare callback was not a good opportunity to avoid any error condition, and they would suppress errors found during the actual commit phase. Where a logical separation between the prepare and the commit phase existed, the function that used to implement the .port_mdb_prepare callback still exists, but now it is called directly from .port_mdb_add, which was modified to return an int code. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek Reviewed-by: Linus Wallei <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366 Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
bae33f2b |
|
08-Jan-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: switchdev: remove the transaction structure from port attributes Since the introduction of the switchdev API, port attributes were transmitted to drivers for offloading using a two-step transactional model, with a prepare phase that was supposed to catch all errors, and a commit phase that was supposed to never fail. Some classes of failures can never be avoided, like hardware access, or memory allocation. In the latter case, merely attempting to move the memory allocation to the preparation phase makes it impossible to avoid memory leaks, since commit 91cf8eceffc1 ("switchdev: Remove unused transaction item queue") which has removed the unused mechanism of passing on the allocated memory between one phase and another. It is time we admit that separating the preparation from the commit phase is something that is best left for the driver to decide, and not something that should be baked into the API, especially since there are no switchdev callers that depend on this. This patch removes the struct switchdev_trans member from switchdev port attribute notifier structures, and converts drivers to not look at this member. In part, this patch contains a revert of my previous commit 2e554a7a5d8a ("net: dsa: propagate switchdev vlan_filtering prepare phase to drivers"). For the most part, the conversion was trivial except for: - Rocker's world implementation based on Broadcom OF-DPA had an odd implementation of ofdpa_port_attr_bridge_flags_set. The conversion was done mechanically, by pasting the implementation twice, then only keeping the code that would get executed during prepare phase on top, then only keeping the code that gets executed during the commit phase on bottom, then simplifying the resulting code until this was obtained. - DSA's offloading of STP state, bridge flags, VLAN filtering and multicast router could be converted right away. But the ageing time could not, so a shim was introduced and this was left for a further commit. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> # hellcreek Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> # RTL8366RB Reviewed-by: Ido Schimmel <idosch@nvidia.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
1dbb1302 |
|
06-Jan-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: remove the DSA specific notifiers This effectively reverts commit 60724d4bae14 ("net: dsa: Add support for DSA specific notifiers"). The reason is that since commit 2f1e8ea726e9 ("net: dsa: link interfaces with the DSA master to get rid of lockdep warnings"), it appears that there is a generic way to achieve the same purpose. The only user thus far, the Broadcom SYSTEMPORT driver, was converted to use the generic notifiers. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
a5e3c9ba |
|
06-Jan-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: export dsa_slave_dev_check Using the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER notifications, drivers can be aware when they are enslaved to e.g. a bridge by calling netif_is_bridge_master(). Export this helper from DSA to get the equivalent functionality of determining whether the upper interface of a CHANGEUPPER notifier is a DSA switch interface or not. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
f46b9b8e |
|
06-Jan-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: move the Broadcom tag information in a separate header file It is a bit strange to see something as specific as Broadcom SYSTEMPORT bits in the main DSA include file. Move these away into a separate header, and have the tagger and the SYSTEMPORT driver include them. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
d5f19486 |
|
06-Jan-2021 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: listen for SWITCHDEV_{FDB,DEL}_ADD_TO_DEVICE on foreign bridge neighbors Some DSA switches (and not only) cannot learn source MAC addresses from packets injected from the CPU. They only perform hardware address learning from inbound traffic. This can be problematic when we have a bridge spanning some DSA switch ports and some non-DSA ports (which we'll call "foreign interfaces" from DSA's perspective). There are 2 classes of problems created by the lack of learning on CPU-injected traffic: - excessive flooding, due to the fact that DSA treats those addresses as unknown - the risk of stale routes, which can lead to temporary packet loss To illustrate the second class, consider the following situation, which is common in production equipment (wireless access points, where there is a WLAN interface and an Ethernet switch, and these form a single bridging domain). AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ ^ | | | | | | | Client A Client B | | | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 will know that Clients A and B are reachable via wlan0 - the hardware fdb of a DSA switch driver today is not kept in sync with the software entries on other bridge ports, so it will not know that clients A and B are reachable via the CPU port UNLESS the hardware switch itself performs SA learning from traffic injected from the CPU. Nonetheless, a substantial number of switches don't. - the hardware fdb of the DSA switch on AP 2 may autonomously learn that Client A and B are reachable through swp0. Therefore, the software br0 of AP 2 also may or may not learn this. In the example we're illustrating, some Ethernet traffic has been going on, and br0 from AP 2 has indeed learnt that it can reach Client B through swp0. One of the wireless clients, say Client B, disconnects from AP 1 and roams to AP 2. The topology now looks like this: AP 1: +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | ^ | | | Client A | | | Client B | | | v +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ | swp0 | | swp1 | | swp2 | | swp3 | | wlan0 | +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------+ +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ | br0 | +------------------------------------------------------------------------+ AP 2 - br0 of AP 1 still knows that Client A is reachable via wlan0 (no change) - br0 of AP 1 will (possibly) know that Client B has left wlan0. There are cases where it might never find out though. Either way, DSA today does not process that notification in any way. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 1 may learn autonomously that Client B can be reached via swp0, if it receives any packet with Client 1's source MAC address over Ethernet. - the hardware FDB of the DSA switch on AP 2 still thinks that Client B can be reached via swp0. It does not know that it has roamed to wlan0, because it doesn't perform SA learning from the CPU port. Now Client A contacts Client B. AP 1 routes the packet fine towards swp0 and delivers it on the Ethernet segment. AP 2 sees a frame on swp0 and its fdb says that the destination is swp0. Hairpinning is disabled => drop. This problem comes from the fact that these switches have a 'blind spot' for addresses coming from software bridging. The generic solution is not to assume that hardware learning can be enabled somehow, but to listen to more bridge learning events. It turns out that the bridge driver does learn in software from all inbound frames, in __br_handle_local_finish. A proper SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE notification is emitted for the addresses serviced by the bridge on 'foreign' interfaces. The software bridge also does the right thing on migration, by notifying that the old entry is deleted, so that does not need to be special-cased in DSA. When it is deleted, we just need to delete our static FDB entry towards the CPU too, and wait. The problem is that DSA currently only cares about SWITCHDEV_FDB_ADD_TO_DEVICE events received on its own interfaces, such as static FDB entries. Luckily we can change that, and DSA can listen to all switchdev FDB add/del events in the system and figure out if those events were emitted by a bridge that spans at least one of DSA's own ports. In case that is true, DSA will also offload that address towards its own CPU port, in the eventuality that there might be bridge clients attached to the DSA switch who want to talk to the station connected to the foreign interface. In terms of implementation, we need to keep the fdb_info->added_by_user check for the case where the switchdev event was targeted directly at a DSA switch port. But we don't need to look at that flag for snooped events. So the check is currently too late, we need to move it earlier. This also simplifies the code a bit, since we avoid uselessly allocating and freeing switchdev_work. We could probably do some improvements in the future. For example, multi-bridge support is rudimentary at the moment. If there are two bridges spanning a DSA switch's ports, and both of them need to service the same MAC address, then what will happen is that the migration of one of those stations will trigger the deletion of the FDB entry from the CPU port while it is still used by other bridge. That could be improved with reference counting but is left for another time. This behavior needs to be enabled at driver level by setting ds->assisted_learning_on_cpu_port = true. This is because we don't want to inflict a potential performance penalty (accesses through MDIO/I2C/SPI are expensive) to hardware that really doesn't need it because address learning on the CPU port works there. Reported-by: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
e358bef7 |
|
03-Nov-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: Give drivers the chance to veto certain upper devices Some switches rely on unique pvids to ensure port separation in standalone mode, because they don't have a port forwarding matrix configurable in hardware. So, setups like a group of 2 uppers with the same VLAN, swp0.100 and swp1.100, will cause traffic tagged with VLAN 100 to be autonomously forwarded between these switch ports, in spite of there being no bridge between swp0 and swp1. These drivers need to prevent this from happening. They need to have VLAN filtering enabled in standalone mode (so they'll drop frames tagged with unknown VLANs) and they can only accept an 8021q upper on a port as long as it isn't installed on any other port too. So give them the chance to veto bad user requests. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> [Kurt: Pass info instead of ptr] Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
01ef09ca |
|
03-Nov-2020 |
Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> |
net: dsa: Add tag handling for Hirschmann Hellcreek switches The Hirschmann Hellcreek TSN switches have a special tagging protocol for frames exchanged between the CPU port and the master interface. The format is a one byte trailer indicating the destination or origin port. It's quite similar to the Micrel KSZ tagging. That's why the implementation is based on that code. Signed-off-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
2e554a7a |
|
02-Oct-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: propagate switchdev vlan_filtering prepare phase to drivers A driver may refuse to enable VLAN filtering for any reason beyond what the DSA framework cares about, such as: - having tc-flower rules that rely on the switch being VLAN-aware - the particular switch does not support VLAN, even if the driver does (the DSA framework just checks for the presence of the .port_vlan_add and .port_vlan_del pointers) - simply not supporting this configuration to be toggled at runtime Currently, when a driver rejects a configuration it cannot support, it does this from the commit phase, which triggers various warnings in switchdev. So propagate the prepare phase to drivers, to give them the ability to refuse invalid configurations cleanly and avoid the warnings. Since we need to modify all function prototypes and check for the prepare phase from within the drivers, take that opportunity and move the existing driver restrictions within the prepare phase where that is possible and easy. Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Cc: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com> Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de> Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com> Cc: Microchip Linux Driver Support <UNGLinuxDriver@microchip.com> Cc: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com> Cc: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com> Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Cc: Jonathan McDowell <noodles@earth.li> Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Cc: Alexandre Belloni <alexandre.belloni@bootlin.com> Cc: Claudiu Manoil <claudiu.manoil@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7d1e2a10 |
|
04-Oct-2020 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Add helper for converting devlink port to ds and port Hide away from DSA drivers how devlink works. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
08156ba4 |
|
04-Oct-2020 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Add devlink port regions support to DSA Allow DSA drivers to make use of devlink port regions, via simple wrappers. Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3122433e |
|
04-Oct-2020 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Register devlink ports before calling DSA driver setup() DSA drivers want to create regions on devlink ports as well as the devlink device instance, in order to export registers and other tables per port. To keep all this code together in the drivers, have the devlink ports registered early, so the setup() method can setup both device and port devlink regions. v3: Remove dp->setup Move common code out of switch statement. Fix wrong goto Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1dc0408c |
|
01-Oct-2020 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Call dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() from dsa_switch_rcv() When a DSA switch driver needs to call dsa_untag_bridge_pvid(), it can set dsa_switch::untag_brige_pvid to indicate this is necessary. This is a pre-requisite to making sure that we are always calling dsa_untag_bridge_pvid() after eth_type_trans() has been called. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7a6ffe76 |
|
26-Sep-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: point out the tail taggers The Marvell 88E6060 uses tag_trailer.c and the KSZ8795, KSZ9477 and KSZ9893 switches also use tail tags. Tell that to the DSA core, since this makes a difference for the flow dissector. Most switches break the parsing of frame headers, but these ones don't, so no flow dissector adjustment needs to be done for them. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
9790cf20 |
|
26-Sep-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: add a generic procedure for the flow dissector For all DSA formats that don't use tail tags, it looks like behind the obscure number crunching they're all doing the same thing: locating the real EtherType behind the DSA tag. Nonetheless, this is not immediately obvious, so create a generic helper for those DSA taggers that put the header before the EtherType. Another assumption for the generic function is that the DSA tags are of equal length on RX and on TX. Prior to the previous patch, this was not true for ocelot and for gswip. The problem was resolved for ocelot, but for gswip it still remains, so that can't use this helper yet. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
2e8cb1b3 |
|
26-Sep-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: make the .flow_dissect tagger callback return void There is no tagger that returns anything other than zero, so just change the return type appropriately. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c3975400 |
|
26-Sep-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: allow drivers to request promiscuous mode on master Currently DSA assumes that taggers don't mess with the destination MAC address of the frames on RX. That is not always the case. Some DSA headers are placed before the Ethernet header (ocelot), and others simply mangle random bytes from the destination MAC address (sja1105 with its incl_srcpt option). Currently the DSA master goes to promiscuous mode automatically when the slave devices go too (such as when enslaved to a bridge), but in standalone mode this is a problem that needs to be dealt with. So give drivers the possibility to signal that their tagging protocol will get randomly dropped otherwise, and let DSA deal with fixing that. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0f06b855 |
|
18-Sep-2020 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: wire up devlink info get Allow the DSA drivers to implement the devlink call to get info info, e.g. driver name, firmware version, ASIC ID, etc. v2: Combine declaration and the assignment on a single line. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
97c82c23 |
|
18-Sep-2020 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Add devlink regions support to DSA Allow DSA drivers to make use of devlink regions, via simple wrappers. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ccc3e6b0 |
|
18-Sep-2020 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Add helper to convert from devlink to ds Given a devlink instance, return the dsa switch it is associated to. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5df5661a |
|
22-Jul-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: stop overriding master's ndo_get_phys_port_name The purpose of this override is to give the user an indication of what the number of the CPU port is (in DSA, the CPU port is a hardware implementation detail and not a network interface capable of traffic). However, it has always failed (by design) at providing this information to the user in a reliable fashion. Prior to commit 3369afba1e46 ("net: Call into DSA netdevice_ops wrappers"), the behavior was to only override this callback if it was not provided by the DSA master. That was its first failure: if the DSA master itself was a DSA port or a switchdev, then the user would not see the number of the CPU port in /sys/class/net/eth0/phys_port_name, but the number of the DSA master port within its respective physical switch. But that was actually ok in a way. The commit mentioned above changed that behavior, and now overrides the master's ndo_get_phys_port_name unconditionally. That comes with problems of its own, which are worse in a way. The idea is that it's typical for switchdev users to have udev rules for consistent interface naming. These are based, among other things, on the phys_port_name attribute. If we let the DSA switch at the bottom to start randomly overriding ndo_get_phys_port_name with its own CPU port, we basically lose any predictability in interface naming, or even uniqueness, for that matter. So, there are reasons to let DSA override the master's callback (to provide a consistent interface, a number which has a clear meaning and must not be interpreted according to context), and there are reasons to not let DSA override it (it breaks udev matching for the DSA master). But, there is an alternative method for users to retrieve the number of the CPU port of each DSA switch in the system: $ devlink port pci/0000:00:00.5/0: type eth netdev swp0 flavour physical port 0 pci/0000:00:00.5/2: type eth netdev swp2 flavour physical port 2 pci/0000:00:00.5/4: type notset flavour cpu port 4 spi/spi2.0/0: type eth netdev sw0p0 flavour physical port 0 spi/spi2.0/1: type eth netdev sw0p1 flavour physical port 1 spi/spi2.0/2: type eth netdev sw0p2 flavour physical port 2 spi/spi2.0/4: type notset flavour cpu port 4 spi/spi2.1/0: type eth netdev sw1p0 flavour physical port 0 spi/spi2.1/1: type eth netdev sw1p1 flavour physical port 1 spi/spi2.1/2: type eth netdev sw1p2 flavour physical port 2 spi/spi2.1/3: type eth netdev sw1p3 flavour physical port 3 spi/spi2.1/4: type notset flavour cpu port 4 So remove this duplicated, unreliable and troublesome method. From this patch on, the phys_port_name attribute of the DSA master will only contain information about itself (if at all). If the users need reliable information about the CPU port they're probably using devlink anyway. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Acked-by: florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
9c0c7014 |
|
19-Jul-2020 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Setup dsa_netdev_ops Now that we have all the infrastructure in place for calling into the dsa_ptr->netdev_ops function pointers, install them when we configure the DSA CPU/management interface and tear them down. The flow is unchanged from before, but now we preserve equality of tests when network device drivers do tests like dev->netdev_ops == &foo_ops which was not the case before since we were allocating an entirely new structure. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4cfab356 |
|
19-Jul-2020 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Add wrappers for overloaded ndo_ops Add definitions for the dsa_netdevice_ops structure which is a subset of the net_device_ops structure for the specific operations that we care about overlaying on top of the DSA CPU port net_device and provide inline stubs that take core managing whether DSA code is reachable. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ab88d64a |
|
15-Jul-2020 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
net: dsa.h: drop duplicate word in comment Drop doubled word "to" in a comment. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
efd7fe68 |
|
08-Jul-2020 |
Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> |
net: dsa: tag_rtl4_a: Implement Realtek 4 byte A tag This implements the known parts of the Realtek 4 byte tag protocol version 0xA, as found in the RTL8366RB DSA switch. It is designated as protocol version 0xA as a different Realtek 4 byte tag format with protocol version 0x9 is known to exist in the Realtek RTL8306 chips. The tag and switch chip lacks public documentation, so the tag format has been reverse-engineered from packet dumps. As only ingress traffic has been available for analysis an egress tag has not been possible to develop (even using educated guesses about bit fields) so this is as far as it gets. It is not known if the switch even supports egress tagging. Excessive attempts to figure out the egress tag format was made. When nothing else worked, I just tried all bit combinations with 0xannp where a is protocol and p is port. I looped through all values several times trying to get a response from ping, without any positive result. Using just these ingress tags however, the switch functionality is vastly improved and the packets find their way into the destination port without any tricky VLAN configuration. On the D-Link DIR-685 the LAN ports now come up and respond to ping without any command line configuration so this is a real improvement for users. Egress packets need to be restricted to the proper target ports using VLAN, which the RTL8366RB DSA switch driver already sets up. Cc: DENG Qingfang <dqfext@gmail.com> Cc: Mauri Sandberg <sandberg@mailfence.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5f035af7 |
|
29-Jun-2020 |
Po Liu <po.liu@nxp.com> |
net:qos: police action offloading parameter 'burst' change to the original value Since 'tcfp_burst' with TICK factor, driver side always need to recover it to the original value, this patch moves the generic calculation and recover to the 'burst' original value before offloading to device driver. Signed-off-by: Po Liu <po.liu@nxp.com> Acked-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
54a0ed0d |
|
12-May-2020 |
Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> |
net: dsa: provide an option for drivers to always receive bridge VLANs DSA assumes that a bridge which has vlan filtering disabled is not vlan aware, and ignores all vlan configuration. However, the kernel software bridge code allows configuration in this state. This causes the kernel's idea of the bridge vlan state and the hardware state to disagree, so "bridge vlan show" indicates a correct configuration but the hardware lacks all configuration. Even worse, enabling vlan filtering on a DSA bridge immediately blocks all traffic which, given the output of "bridge vlan show", is very confusing. Provide an option that drivers can set to indicate they want to receive vlan configuration even when vlan filtering is disabled. At the very least, this is safe for Marvell DSA bridges, which do not look up ingress traffic in the VTU if the port is in 8021Q disabled state. It is also safe for the Ocelot switch family. Whether this change is suitable for all DSA bridges is not known. Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3b7bc1f0 |
|
10-May-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: introduce a dsa_switch_find function Somewhat similar to dsa_tree_find, dsa_switch_find returns a dsa_switch structure pointer by searching for its tree index and switch index (the parameters from dsa,member). To be used, for example, by drivers who implement .crosschip_bridge_join and need a reference to the other switch indicated to by the tree_index and sw_index arguments. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
f66a6a69 |
|
10-May-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: permit cross-chip bridging between all trees in the system One way of utilizing DSA is by cascading switches which do not all have compatible taggers. Consider the following real-life topology: +---------------------------------------------------------------+ | LS1028A | | +------------------------------+ | | | DSA master for Felix | | | |(internal ENETC port 2: eno2))| | | +------------+------------------------------+-------------+ | | | Felix embedded L2 switch | | | | | | | | +--------------+ +--------------+ +--------------+ | | | | |DSA master for| |DSA master for| |DSA master for| | | | | | SJA1105 1 | | SJA1105 2 | | SJA1105 3 | | | | | |(Felix port 1)| |(Felix port 2)| |(Felix port 3)| | | +--+-+--------------+---+--------------+---+--------------+--+--+ +-----------------------+ +-----------------------+ +-----------------------+ | SJA1105 switch 1 | | SJA1105 switch 2 | | SJA1105 switch 3 | +-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+ |sw1p0|sw1p1|sw1p2|sw1p3| |sw2p0|sw2p1|sw2p2|sw2p3| |sw3p0|sw3p1|sw3p2|sw3p3| +-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+ +-----+-----+-----+-----+ The above can be described in the device tree as follows (obviously not complete): mscc_felix { dsa,member = <0 0>; ports { port@4 { ethernet = <&enetc_port2>; }; }; }; sja1105_switch1 { dsa,member = <1 1>; ports { port@4 { ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port1>; }; }; }; sja1105_switch2 { dsa,member = <2 2>; ports { port@4 { ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port2>; }; }; }; sja1105_switch3 { dsa,member = <3 3>; ports { port@4 { ethernet = <&mscc_felix_port3>; }; }; }; Basically we instantiate one DSA switch tree for every hardware switch in the system, but we still give them globally unique switch IDs (will come back to that later). Having 3 disjoint switch trees makes the tagger drivers "just work", because net devices are registered for the 3 Felix DSA master ports, and they are also DSA slave ports to the ENETC port. So packets received on the ENETC port are stripped of their stacked DSA tags one by one. Currently, hardware bridging between ports on the same sja1105 chip is possible, but switching between sja1105 ports on different chips is handled by the software bridge. This is fine, but we can do better. In fact, the dsa_8021q tag used by sja1105 is compatible with cascading. In other words, a sja1105 switch can correctly parse and route a packet containing a dsa_8021q tag. So if we could enable hardware bridging on the Felix DSA master ports, cross-chip bridging could be completely offloaded. Such as system would be used as follows: ip link add dev br0 type bridge && ip link set dev br0 up for port in sw0p0 sw0p1 sw0p2 sw0p3 \ sw1p0 sw1p1 sw1p2 sw1p3 \ sw2p0 sw2p1 sw2p2 sw2p3; do ip link set dev $port master br0 done The above makes switching between ports on the same row be performed in hardware, and between ports on different rows in software. Now assume the Felix switch ports are called swp0, swp1, swp2. By running the following extra commands: ip link add dev br1 type bridge && ip link set dev br1 up for port in swp0 swp1 swp2; do ip link set dev $port master br1 done the CPU no longer sees packets which traverse sja1105 switch boundaries and can be forwarded directly by Felix. The br1 bridge would not be used for any sort of traffic termination. For this to work, we need to give drivers an opportunity to listen for bridging events on DSA trees other than their own, and pass that other tree index as argument. I have made the assumption, for the moment, that the other existing DSA notifiers don't need to be broadcast to other trees. That assumption might turn out to be incorrect. But in the meantime, introduce a dsa_broadcast function, similar in purpose to dsa_port_notify, which is used only by the bridging notifiers. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
9eb8eff0 |
|
10-May-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: bridge: allow enslaving some DSA master network devices Commit 8db0a2ee2c63 ("net: bridge: reject DSA-enabled master netdevices as bridge members") added a special check in br_if.c in order to check for a DSA master network device with a tagging protocol configured. This was done because back then, such devices, once enslaved in a bridge would become inoperative and would not pass DSA tagged traffic anymore due to br_handle_frame returning RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED. But right now we have valid use cases which do require bridging of DSA masters. One such example is when the DSA master ports are DSA switch ports themselves (in a disjoint tree setup). This should be completely equivalent, functionally speaking, from having multiple DSA switches hanging off of the ports of a switchdev driver. So we should allow the enslaving of DSA tagged master network devices. Instead of the regular br_handle_frame(), install a new function br_handle_frame_dummy() on these DSA masters, which returns RX_HANDLER_PASS in order to call into the DSA specific tagging protocol handlers, and lift the restriction from br_add_if. Suggested-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Acked-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
e1eea811 |
|
05-May-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: introduce a dsa_port_from_netdev public helper As its implementation shows, this is synonimous with calling dsa_slave_dev_check followed by dsa_slave_to_port, so it is quite simple already and provides functionality which is already there. However there is now a need for these functions outside dsa_priv.h, for example in drivers that perform mirroring and redirection through tc-flower offloads (they are given raw access to the flow_cls_offload structure), where they need to call this function on act->dev. But simply exporting dsa_slave_to_port would make it non-inline and would result in an extra function call in the hotpath, as can be seen for example in sja1105: Before: 000006dc <sja1105_xmit>: { 6dc: e92d4ff0 push {r4, r5, r6, r7, r8, r9, sl, fp, lr} 6e0: e1a04000 mov r4, r0 6e4: e591958c ldr r9, [r1, #1420] ; 0x58c <- Inline dsa_slave_to_port 6e8: e1a05001 mov r5, r1 6ec: e24dd004 sub sp, sp, #4 u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index); 6f0: e1c901d8 ldrd r0, [r9, #24] 6f4: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_8021q_tx_vid> 6f4: R_ARM_CALL dsa_8021q_tx_vid u8 pcp = netdev_txq_to_tc(netdev, queue_mapping); 6f8: e1d416b0 ldrh r1, [r4, #96] ; 0x60 u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index); 6fc: e1a08000 mov r8, r0 After: 000006e4 <sja1105_xmit>: { 6e4: e92d4ff0 push {r4, r5, r6, r7, r8, r9, sl, fp, lr} 6e8: e1a04000 mov r4, r0 6ec: e24dd004 sub sp, sp, #4 struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(netdev); 6f0: e1a00001 mov r0, r1 { 6f4: e1a05001 mov r5, r1 struct dsa_port *dp = dsa_slave_to_port(netdev); 6f8: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_slave_to_port> 6f8: R_ARM_CALL dsa_slave_to_port 6fc: e1a09000 mov r9, r0 u16 tx_vid = dsa_8021q_tx_vid(dp->ds, dp->index); 700: e1c001d8 ldrd r0, [r0, #24] 704: ebfffffe bl 0 <dsa_8021q_tx_vid> 704: R_ARM_CALL dsa_8021q_tx_vid Because we want to avoid possible performance regressions, introduce this new function which is designed to be public. Suggested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
34297176 |
|
29-Mar-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: add port policers The approach taken to pass the port policer methods on to drivers is pragmatic. It is similar to the port mirroring implementation (in that the DSA core does all of the filter block interaction and only passes simple operations for the driver to implement) and dissimilar to how flow-based policers are going to be implemented (where the driver has full control over the flow_cls_offload data structure). Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
bff33f7e |
|
27-Mar-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: implement auto-normalization of MTU for bridge hardware datapath Many switches don't have an explicit knob for configuring the MTU (maximum transmission unit per interface). Instead, they do the length-based packet admission checks on the ingress interface, for reasons that are easy to understand (why would you accept a packet in the queuing subsystem if you know you're going to drop it anyway). So it is actually the MRU that these switches permit configuring. In Linux there only exists the IFLA_MTU netlink attribute and the associated dev_set_mtu function. The comments like to play blind and say that it's changing the "maximum transfer unit", which is to say that there isn't any directionality in the meaning of the MTU word. So that is the interpretation that this patch is giving to things: MTU == MRU. When 2 interfaces having different MTUs are bridged, the bridge driver MTU auto-adjustment logic kicks in: what br_mtu_auto_adjust() does is it adjusts the MTU of the bridge net device itself (and not that of the slave net devices) to the minimum value of all slave interfaces, in order for forwarded packets to not exceed the MTU regardless of the interface they are received and send on. The idea behind this behavior, and why the slave MTUs are not adjusted, is that normal termination from Linux over the L2 forwarding domain should happen over the bridge net device, which _is_ properly limited by the minimum MTU. And termination over individual slave devices is possible even if those are bridged. But that is not "forwarding", so there's no reason to do normalization there, since only a single interface sees that packet. The problem with those switches that can only control the MRU is with the offloaded data path, where a packet received on an interface with MRU 9000 would still be forwarded to an interface with MRU 1500. And the br_mtu_auto_adjust() function does not really help, since the MTU configured on the bridge net device is ignored. In order to enforce the de-facto MTU == MRU rule for these switches, we need to do MTU normalization, which means: in order for no packet larger than the MTU configured on this port to be sent, then we need to limit the MRU on all ports that this packet could possibly come from. AKA since we are configuring the MRU via MTU, it means that all ports within a bridge forwarding domain should have the same MTU. And that is exactly what this patch is trying to do. >From an implementation perspective, we try to follow the intent of the user, otherwise there is a risk that we might livelock them (they try to change the MTU on an already-bridged interface, but we just keep changing it back in an attempt to keep the MTU normalized). So the MTU that the bridge is normalized to is either: - The most recently changed one: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 ip link set dev swp0 mtu 1400 This sequence will make swp1 inherit MTU 1400 from swp0. - The one of the most recently added interface to the bridge: ip link set dev swp0 master br0 ip link set dev swp1 mtu 1400 ip link set dev swp1 master br0 The above sequence will make swp0 inherit MTU 1400 as well. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
bfcb8132 |
|
27-Mar-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: configure the MTU for switch ports It is useful be able to configure port policers on a switch to accept frames of various sizes: - Increase the MTU for better throughput from the default of 1500 if it is known that there is no 10/100 Mbps device in the network. - Decrease the MTU to limit the latency of high-priority frames under congestion, or work around various network segments that add extra headers to packets which can't be fragmented. For DSA slave ports, this is mostly a pass-through callback, called through the regular ndo ops and at probe time (to ensure consistency across all supported switches). The CPU port is called with an MTU equal to the largest configured MTU of the slave ports. The assumption is that the user might want to sustain a bidirectional conversation with a partner over any switch port. The DSA master is configured the same as the CPU port, plus the tagger overhead. Since the MTU is by definition L2 payload (sans Ethernet header), it is up to each individual driver to figure out if it needs to do anything special for its frame tags on the CPU port (it shouldn't except in special cases). So the MTU does not contain the tagger overhead on the CPU port. However the MTU of the DSA master, minus the tagger overhead, is used as a proxy for the MTU of the CPU port, which does not have a net device. This is to avoid uselessly calling the .change_mtu function on the CPU port when nothing should change. So it is safe to assume that the DSA master and the CPU port MTUs are apart by exactly the tagger's overhead in bytes. Some changes were made around dsa_master_set_mtu(), function which was now removed, for 2 reasons: - dev_set_mtu() already calls dev_validate_mtu(), so it's redundant to do the same thing in DSA - __dev_set_mtu() returns 0 if ops->ndo_change_mtu is an absent method That is to say, there's no need for this function in DSA, we can safely call dev_set_mtu() directly, take the rtnl lock when necessary, and just propagate whatever errors get reported (since the user probably wants to be informed). Some inspiration (mainly in the MTU DSA notifier) was taken from a vaguely similar patch from Murali and Florian, who are credited as co-developers down below. Co-developed-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Signed-off-by: Murali Krishna Policharla <murali.policharla@broadcom.com> Co-developed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ed11bb1f |
|
29-Feb-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: Add bypass operations for the flower classifier-action filter Due to the immense variety of classification keys and actions available for tc-flower, as well as due to potentially very different DSA switch capabilities, it doesn't make a lot of sense for the DSA mid layer to even attempt to interpret these. So just pass them on to the underlying switch driver. DSA implements just the standard boilerplate for binding and unbinding flow blocks to ports, since nobody wants to deal with that. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5b502a7b |
|
26-Feb-2020 |
Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> |
net: dsa: propagate resolved link config via mac_link_up() Propagate the resolved link configuration down via DSA's phylink_mac_link_up() operation to allow split PCS/MAC to work. Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4d776482 |
|
07-Jan-2020 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Get information about stacked DSA protocol It is possible to stack multiple DSA switches in a way that they are not part of the tree (disjoint) but the DSA master of a switch is a DSA slave of another. When that happens switch drivers may have to know this is the case so as to determine whether their tagging protocol has a remove chance of working. This is useful for specific switch drivers such as b53 where devices have been known to be stacked in the wild without the Broadcom tag protocol supporting that feature. This allows b53 to continue supporting those devices by forcing the disabling of Broadcom tags on the outermost switches if necessary. The get_tag_protocol() function is therefore updated to gain an additional enum dsa_tag_protocol argument which denotes the current tagging protocol used by the DSA master we are attached to, else DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE for the top of the dsa_switch_tree. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
787cac3f |
|
05-Jan-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: Pass pcs_poll flag from driver to PHYLINK The DSA drivers that implement .phylink_mac_link_state should normally register an interrupt for the PCS, from which they should call phylink_mac_change(). However not all switches implement this, and those who don't should set this flag in dsa_switch in the .setup callback, so that PHYLINK will poll for a few ms until the in-band AN link timer expires and the PCS state settles. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a68578c2 |
|
03-Jan-2020 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Make deferred_xmit private to sja1105 There are 3 things that are wrong with the DSA deferred xmit mechanism: 1. Its introduction has made the DSA hotpath ever so slightly more inefficient for everybody, since DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit needs to be initialized to false for every transmitted frame, in order to figure out whether the driver requested deferral or not (a very rare occasion, rare even for the only driver that does use this mechanism: sja1105). That was necessary to avoid kfree_skb from freeing the skb. 2. Because L2 PTP is a link-local protocol like STP, it requires management routes and deferred xmit with this switch. But as opposed to STP, the deferred work mechanism needs to schedule the packet rather quickly for the TX timstamp to be collected in time and sent to user space. But there is no provision for controlling the scheduling priority of this deferred xmit workqueue. Too bad this is a rather specific requirement for a feature that nobody else uses (more below). 3. Perhaps most importantly, it makes the DSA core adhere a bit too much to the NXP company-wide policy "Innovate Where It Doesn't Matter". The sja1105 is probably the only DSA switch that requires some frames sent from the CPU to be routed to the slave port via an out-of-band configuration (register write) rather than in-band (DSA tag). And there are indeed very good reasons to not want to do that: if that out-of-band register is at the other end of a slow bus such as SPI, then you limit that Ethernet flow's throughput to effectively the throughput of the SPI bus. So hardware vendors should definitely not be encouraged to design this way. We do _not_ want more widespread use of this mechanism. Luckily we have a solution for each of the 3 issues: For 1, we can just remove that variable in the skb->cb and counteract the effect of kfree_skb with skb_get, much to the same effect. The advantage, of course, being that anybody who doesn't use deferred xmit doesn't need to do any extra operation in the hotpath. For 2, we can create a kernel thread for each port's deferred xmit work. If the user switch ports are named swp0, swp1, swp2, the kernel threads will be named swp0_xmit, swp1_xmit, swp2_xmit (there appears to be a 15 character length limit on kernel thread names). With this, the user can change the scheduling priority with chrt $(pidof swp2_xmit). For 3, we can actually move the entire implementation to the sja1105 driver. So this patch deletes the generic implementation from the DSA core and adds a new one, more adequate to the requirements of PTP TX timestamping, in sja1105_main.c. Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
48fda74f |
|
18-Dec-2019 |
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> |
net: dsa: add support for Atheros AR9331 TAG format Add support for tag format used in Atheros AR9331 built-in switch. Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <o.rempel@pengutronix.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8dce89aa |
|
14-Nov-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> |
net: dsa: ocelot: add tagger for Ocelot/Felix switches While it is entirely possible that this tagger format is in fact more generic than just these 2 switch families, I don't have that knowledge. The Seville switch in NXP T1040 has a similar frame format, but there are enough differences (e.g. DEST field starts at bit 57 instead of 56) that calling this file tag_vitesse.c is a bit of a stretch at the moment. The frame format has been listed in a comment so that people who add support for further Vitesse switches can rework this tagger while keeping compatibility with Felix. The "ocelot" name was chosen instead of "felix" because even the Ocelot switch can act as a DSA device when it is used in NPI mode, and the Felix tagger format is almost identical. Currently it is only used for the Felix switch embedded in the NXP LS1028A chip. The ABI for this tagger should be considered "not stable" at the moment. The DSA tag is always placed before the Ethernet header and therefore, we are using the long prefix for RX tags to avoid putting the DSA master port in promiscuous mode. Once there will be an API in DSA for drivers to request DSA masters to be in promiscuous mode unconditionally, we will switch to the "no prefix" extraction frame header, which will save 16 padding bytes for each RX frame. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5cd73fbd |
|
04-Nov-2019 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Add support for devlink resources Add wrappers around the devlink resource API, so that DSA drivers can register and unregister devlink resources. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
9c8ad1ab |
|
30-Oct-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove the dst->ds array Now that the DSA ports are listed in the switch fabric, there is no need to store the dsa_switch structures from the drivers in the fabric anymore. So get rid of the dst->ds static array. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
96252b8e |
|
30-Oct-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove ds->rtable Drivers do not use the ds->rtable static arrays anymore, get rid of it. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c5f51765 |
|
30-Oct-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: list DSA links in the fabric Implement a new list of DSA links in the switch fabric itself, to provide an alterative to the ds->rtable static arrays. At the same time, provide a new dsa_routing_port() helper to abstract the usage of ds->rtable in drivers. If there's no port to reach a given device, return the first invalid port, ds->num_ports. This avoids potential signedness errors or the need to define special values. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d607525b |
|
25-Oct-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: return directly from dsa_to_port Return directly from within the loop as soon as the port is found, otherwise we won't return NULL if the end of the list is reached. Fixes: b96ddf254b09 ("net: dsa: use ports list in dsa_to_port") Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6b297524 |
|
24-Oct-2019 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Add support for devlink device parameters Add plumbing to allow DSA drivers to register parameters with devlink. To keep with the abstraction, the DSA drivers pass the ds structure to these helpers, and the DSA core then translates that to the devlink structure associated to the device. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7e99e347 |
|
21-Oct-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove dsa_switch_alloc helper Now that ports are dynamically listed in the fabric, there is no need to provide a special helper to allocate the dsa_switch structure. This will give more flexibility to drivers to embed this structure as they wish in their private structure. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
|
#
05f294a8 |
|
21-Oct-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: allocate ports on touch Allocate the struct dsa_port the first time it is accessed with dsa_port_touch, and remove the static dsa_port array from the dsa_switch structure. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
|
#
da4561cd |
|
21-Oct-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: use ports list to setup default CPU port Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their ports when setting up the default CPU port. Unassign it on teardown. Now that we can iterate over multiple CPU ports, remove dst->cpu_dp. At the same time, provide a better error message for CPU-less tree. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
|
#
fb35c60c |
|
21-Oct-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: use ports list to setup switches Use the new ports list instead of iterating over switches and their ports when setting up the switches and their ports. At the same time, provide setup states and messages for ports and switches as it is done for the trees. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
|
#
b96ddf25 |
|
21-Oct-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: use ports list in dsa_to_port Use the new ports list instead of accessing the dsa_switch array of ports in the dsa_to_port helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
|
#
ab8ccae1 |
|
21-Oct-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add ports list in the switch fabric Add a list of switch ports within the switch fabric. This will help the lookup of a port inside the whole fabric, and it is the first step towards supporting multiple CPU ports, before deprecating the usage of the unique dst->cpu_dp pointer. In preparation for a future allocation of the dsa_port structures, return -ENOMEM in case no structure is returned, even though this error cannot be reached yet. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
|
#
68bb8ea8 |
|
21-Oct-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: use dsa_to_port helper everywhere Do not let the drivers access the ds->ports static array directly while there is a dsa_to_port helper for this purpose. At the same time, un-const this helper since the SJA1105 driver assigns the priv member of the returned dsa_port structure. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com>
|
#
37048e94 |
|
01-Oct-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Remove unused __DSA_SKB_CB macro The struct __dsa_skb_cb is supposed to span the entire 48-byte skb control block, while the struct dsa_skb_cb only the portion of it which is used by the DSA core (the rest is available as private data to drivers). The DSA_SKB_CB and __DSA_SKB_CB helpers are supposed to help retrieve this pointer based on a skb, but it turns out there is nobody directly interested in the struct __dsa_skb_cb in the kernel. So remove it. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
47d23af2 |
|
14-Sep-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Pass ndo_setup_tc slave callback to drivers DSA currently handles shared block filters (for the classifier-action qdisc) in the core due to what I believe are simply pragmatic reasons - hiding the complexity from drivers and offerring a simple API for port mirroring. Extend the dsa_slave_setup_tc function by passing all other qdisc offloads to the driver layer, where the driver may choose what it implements and how. DSA is simply a pass-through in this case. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Acked-by: Kurt Kanzenbach <kurt@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
e65d45cc |
|
25-Aug-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove bitmap operations The bitmap operations were introduced to simplify the switch drivers in the future, since most of them could implement the common VLAN and MDB operations (add, del, dump) with simple functions taking all target ports at once, and thus limiting the number of hardware accesses. Programming an MDB or VLAN this way in a single operation would clearly simplify the drivers a lot but would require a new get-set interface in DSA. The usage of such bitmap from the stack also raised concerned in the past, leading to the dynamic allocation of a new ds->_bitmap member in the dsa_switch structure. So let's get rid of them for now. This commit nicely wraps the ds->ops->port_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add} switch operations into new dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_{prepare,add} variants not using any bitmap argument anymore. New dsa_switch_{mdb,vlan}_match helpers have been introduced to make clear which local port of a switch must be programmed with the target object. While the targeted user port is an obvious candidate, the DSA links must also be programmed, as well as the CPU port for VLANs. While at it, also remove local variables that are only used once. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
016e43a2 |
|
29-Jul-2019 |
Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com> |
net: dsa: ksz: Add KSZ8795 tag code Add DSA tag code for Microchip KSZ8795 switch. The switch is simpler and the tag is only 1 byte, instead of 2 as is the case with KSZ9477. Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com> Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> Cc: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Cc: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com> Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
68b2d4a8 |
|
14-Jun-2019 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: make cpu_dp non const A port may trigger operations on its dedicated CPU port, so using cpu_dp as const will raise warnings. Make cpu_dp non const. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5e3f847a |
|
08-Jun-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Add teardown callback for drivers This is helpful for e.g. draining per-driver (not per-port) tagger queues. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
2874c5fd |
|
27-May-2019 |
Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> |
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 152 Based on 1 normalized pattern(s): this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license as published by the free software foundation either version 2 of the license or at your option any later version extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-or-later has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 3029 file(s). Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net> Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190527070032.746973796@linutronix.de Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
#
44cc27e4 |
|
28-May-2019 |
Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> |
net: phylink: Add struct phylink_config to PHYLINK API The phylink_config structure will encapsulate a pointer to a struct device and the operation type requested for this instance of PHYLINK. This patch does not make any functional changes, it just transitions the PHYLINK internals and all its users to the new API. A pointer to a phylink_config structure will be passed to phylink_create() instead of the net_device directly. Also, the same phylink_config pointer will be passed back to all phylink_mac_ops callbacks instead of the net_device. Using this mechanism, a PHYLINK user can get the original net_device using a structure such as 'to_net_dev(config->dev)' or directly the structure containing the phylink_config using a container_of call. At the moment, only the PHYLINK_NETDEV is defined as a valid operation type for PHYLINK. In this mode, a valid reference to a struct device linked to the original net_device should be passed to PHYLINK through the phylink_config structure. This API changes is mainly driven by the necessity of adding a new operation type in PHYLINK that disconnects the phy_device from the net_device and also works when the net_device is lacking. Signed-off-by: Ioana Ciornei <ioana.ciornei@nxp.com> Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Tested-by: Maxime Chevallier <maxime.chevallier@bootlin.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1c9b1420 |
|
11-May-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Remove the now unused DSA_SKB_CB_COPY() macro It's best to not expose this, due to the performance hit it may cause when calling it. Fixes: b68b0dd0fb2d ("net: dsa: Keep private info in the skb->cb") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
506f0e09 |
|
11-May-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Remove dangerous DSA_SKB_CLONE() macro This does not cause any bug now because it has no users, but its body contains two pointer definitions within a code block: struct sk_buff *clone = _clone; \ struct sk_buff *skb = _skb; \ When calling the macro as DSA_SKB_CLONE(clone, skb), these variables would obscure the arguments that the macro was called with, and the initializers would be a no-op instead of doing their job (undefined behavior, by the way, but GCC nicely puts NULL pointers instead). So simply remove this broken macro and leave users to simply call "DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->clone = clone" by hand when needed. There is one functional difference when doing what I just suggested above: the control block won't be transferred from the original skb into the clone. Since there's no foreseen need for the control block in the clone ATM, this is ok. Fixes: b68b0dd0fb2d ("net: dsa: Keep private info in the skb->cb") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
87671375 |
|
11-May-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Initialize DSA_SKB_CB(skb)->deferred_xmit variable The sk_buff control block can have any contents on xmit put there by the stack, so initialization is mandatory, since we are checking its value after the actual DSA xmit (the tagger may have changed it). The DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro could have been used for this purpose, but: - Zeroizing a 48-byte memory region in the hotpath is best avoided. - It would have triggered a warning with newer compilers since __dsa_skb_cb contains a structure within a structure, and the {0} initializer was incorrect for that purpose. So simply remove the DSA_SKB_ZERO() macro and initialize the deferred_xmit variable by hand (which should be done for all further dsa_skb_cb variables which need initialization - currently none - to avoid the performance penalty). Fixes: 97a69a0dea9a ("net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit") Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
227d07a0 |
|
05-May-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: sja1105: Add support for traffic through standalone ports In order to support this, we are creating a make-shift switch tag out of a VLAN trunk configured on the CPU port. Termination of normal traffic on switch ports only works when not under a vlan_filtering bridge. Termination of management (PTP, BPDU) traffic works under all circumstances because it uses a different tagging mechanism (incl_srcpt). We are making use of the generic CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q code and leveraging it from our own CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_SJA1105. There are two types of traffic: regular and link-local. The link-local traffic received on the CPU port is trapped from the switch's regular forwarding decisions because it matched one of the two DMAC filters for management traffic. On transmission, the switch requires special massaging for these link-local frames. Due to a weird implementation of the switching IP, by default it drops link-local frames that originate on the CPU port. It needs to be told where to forward them to, through an SPI command ("management route") that is valid for only a single frame. So when we're sending link-local traffic, we are using the dsa_defer_xmit mechanism. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c362beb0 |
|
05-May-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Add a private structure pointer to dsa_port This is supposed to share information between the driver and the tagger, or used by the tagger to keep some state. Its use is optional. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
97a69a0d |
|
05-May-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Add support for deferred xmit Some hardware needs to take work to get convinced to receive frames on the CPU port (such as the sja1105 which takes temporary L2 forwarding rules over SPI that last for a single frame). Such work needs a sleepable context, and because the regular .ndo_start_xmit is atomic, this cannot be done in the tagger. So introduce a generic DSA mechanism that sets up a transmit skb queue and a workqueue for deferred transmission. The new driver callback (.port_deferred_xmit) is in dsa_switch and not in the tagger because the operations that require sleeping typically also involve interacting with the hardware, and not simply skb manipulations. Therefore having it there simplifies the structure a bit and makes it unnecessary to export functions from the driver to the tagger. The driver is responsible of calling dsa_enqueue_skb which transfers it to the master netdevice. This is so that it has a chance of performing some more work afterwards, such as cleanup or TX timestamping. To tell DSA that skb xmit deferral is required, I have thought about changing the return type of the tagger .xmit from struct sk_buff * into a enum dsa_tx_t that could potentially encode a DSA_XMIT_DEFER value. But the trailer tagger is reallocating every skb on xmit and therefore making a valid use of the pointer return value. So instead of reworking the API in complicated ways, right now a boolean property in the newly introduced DSA_SKB_CB is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b68b0dd0 |
|
05-May-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Keep private info in the skb->cb Map a DSA structure over the 48-byte control block that will hold skb info on transmit and receive. This is only for use within the DSA processing layer (e.g. communicating between DSA core and tagger) and not for passing info around with other layers such as the master net device. Also add a DSA_SKB_CB_PRIV() macro which retrieves a pointer to the space up to 48 bytes that the DSA structure does not use. This space can be used for drivers to add their own private info. One use is for the PTP timestamping code path. When cloning a skb, annotate the original with a pointer to the clone, which the driver can then find easily and place the timestamp to. This avoids the need of a separate queue to hold clones and a way to match an original to a cloned skb. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cc1939e4 |
|
05-May-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Allow drivers to filter packets they can decode source port from Frames get processed by DSA and redirected to switch port net devices based on the ETH_P_XDSA multiplexed packet_type handler found by the network stack when calling eth_type_trans(). The running assumption is that once the DSA .rcv function is called, DSA is always able to decode the switch tag in order to change the skb->dev from its master. However there are tagging protocols (such as the new DSA_TAG_PROTO_SJA1105, user of DSA_TAG_PROTO_8021Q) where this assumption is not completely true, since switch tagging piggybacks on the absence of a vlan_filtering bridge. Moreover, management traffic (BPDU, PTP) for this switch doesn't rely on switch tagging, but on a different mechanism. So it would make sense to at least be able to terminate that. Having DSA receive traffic it can't decode would put it in an impossible situation: the eth_type_trans() function would invoke the DSA .rcv(), which could not change skb->dev, then eth_type_trans() would be invoked again, which again would call the DSA .rcv, and the packet would never be able to exit the DSA filter and would spiral in a loop until the whole system dies. This happens because eth_type_trans() doesn't actually look at the skb (so as to identify a potential tag) when it deems it as being ETH_P_XDSA. It just checks whether skb->dev has a DSA private pointer installed (therefore it's a DSA master) and that there exists a .rcv callback (everybody except DSA_TAG_PROTO_NONE has that). This is understandable as there are many switch tags out there, and exhaustively checking for all of them is far from ideal. The solution lies in introducing a filtering function for each tagging protocol. In the absence of a filtering function, all traffic is passed to the .rcv DSA callback. The tagging protocol should see the filtering function as a pre-validation that it can decode the incoming skb. The traffic that doesn't match the filter will bypass the DSA .rcv callback and be left on the master netdevice, which wasn't previously possible. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f9bbe447 |
|
05-May-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Optional VLAN-based port separation for switches without tagging This patch provides generic DSA code for using VLAN (802.1Q) tags for the same purpose as a dedicated switch tag for injection/extraction. It is based on the discussions and interest that has been so far expressed in https://www.spinics.net/lists/netdev/msg556125.html. Unlike all other DSA-supported tagging protocols, CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q does not offer a complete solution for drivers (nor can it). Instead, it provides generic code that driver can opt into calling: - dsa_8021q_xmit: Inserts a VLAN header with the specified contents. Can be called from another tagging protocol's xmit function. Currently the LAN9303 driver is inserting headers that are simply 802.1Q with custom fields, so this is an opportunity for code reuse. - dsa_8021q_rcv: Retrieves the TPID and TCI from a VLAN-tagged skb. Removing the VLAN header is left as a decision for the caller to make. - dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging: For each user port, installs an Rx VID and a Tx VID, for proper untagged traffic identification on ingress and steering on egress. Also sets up the VLAN trunk on the upstream (CPU or DSA) port. Drivers are intentionally left to call this function explicitly, depending on the context and hardware support. The expected switch behavior and VLAN semantics should not be violated under any conditions. That is, after calling dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging, the hardware should still pass all ingress traffic, be it tagged or untagged. For uniformity with the other tagging protocols, a module for the dsa_8021q_netdev_ops structure is registered, but the typical usage is to set up another tagging protocol which selects CONFIG_NET_DSA_TAG_8021Q, and calls the API from tag_8021q.h. Null function definitions are also provided so that a "depends on" is not forced in the Kconfig. This tagging protocol only works when switch ports are standalone, or when they are added to a VLAN-unaware bridge. It will probably remain this way for the reasons below. When added to a bridge that has vlan_filtering 1, the bridge core will install its own VLANs and reset the pvids through switchdev. For the bridge core, switchdev is a write-only pipe. All VLAN-related state is kept in the bridge core and nothing is read from DSA/switchdev or from the driver. So the bridge core will break this port separation because it will install the vlan_default_pvid into all switchdev ports. Even if we could teach the bridge driver about switchdev preference of a certain vlan_default_pvid (task difficult in itself since the current setting is per-bridge but we would need it per-port), there would still exist many other challenges. Firstly, in the DSA rcv callback, a driver would have to perform an iterative reverse lookup to find the correct switch port. That is because the port is a bridge slave, so its Rx VID (port PVID) is subject to user configuration. How would we ensure that the user doesn't reset the pvid to a different value (which would make an O(1) translation impossible), or to a non-unique value within this DSA switch tree (which would make any translation impossible)? Finally, not all switch ports are equal in DSA, and that makes it difficult for the bridge to be completely aware of this anyway. The CPU port needs to transmit tagged packets (VLAN trunk) in order for the DSA rcv code to be able to decode source information. But the bridge code has absolutely no idea which switch port is the CPU port, if nothing else then just because there is no netdevice registered by DSA for the CPU port. Also DSA does not currently allow the user to specify that they want the CPU port to do VLAN trunking anyway. VLANs are added to the CPU port using the same flags as they were added on the user port. So the VLANs installed by dsa_port_setup_8021q_tagging per driver request should remain private from the bridge's and user's perspective, and should not alter the VLAN semantics observed by the user. In the current implementation a VLAN range ending at 4095 (VLAN_N_VID) is reserved for this purpose. Each port receives a unique Rx VLAN and a unique Tx VLAN. Separate VLANs are needed for Rx and Tx because they serve different purposes: on Rx the switch must process traffic as untagged and process it with a port-based VLAN, but with care not to hinder bridging. On the other hand, the Tx VLAN is where the reachability restrictions are imposed, since by tagging frames in the xmit callback we are telling the switch onto which port to steer the frame. Some general guidance on how this support might be employed for real-life hardware (some comments made by Florian Fainelli): - If the hardware supports VLAN tag stacking, it should somehow back up its private VLAN settings when the bridge tries to override them. Then the driver could re-apply them as outer tags. Dedicating an outer tag per bridge device would allow identical inner tag VID numbers to co-exist, yet preserve broadcast domain isolation. - If the switch cannot handle VLAN tag stacking, it should disable this port separation when added as slave to a vlan_filtering bridge, in that case having reduced functionality. - Drivers for old switches that don't support the entire VLAN_N_VID range will need to rework the current range selection mechanism. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
93e86b3b |
|
27-Apr-2019 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Remove legacy probing support Now that all drivers can be probed using more traditional methods, remove the legacy probe code. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cf2d45f5 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Add helper function to retrieve VLAN awareness setting Since different types of hardware may or may not support this setting per-port, DSA keeps it either in dsa_switch or in dsa_port. While drivers may know the characteristics of their hardware and retrieve it from the correct place without the need of helpers, it is cumbersone to find out an unambigous answer from generic DSA code. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
14574676 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Keep the vlan_filtering setting in dsa_switch if it's global The current behavior is not as obvious as one would assume (which is that, if the driver set vlan_filtering_is_global = 1, then checking any dp->vlan_filtering would yield the same result). Only the ports which are actively enslaved into a bridge would have vlan_filtering set. This makes it tricky for drivers to check what the global state is. So fix this and make the struct dsa_switch hold this global setting. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8f5d16f6 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Be aware of switches where VLAN filtering is a global setting On some switches, the action of whether to parse VLAN frame headers and use that information for ingress admission is configurable, but not per port. Such is the case for the Broadcom BCM53xx and the NXP SJA1105 families, for example. In that case, DSA can prevent the bridge core from trying to apply different VLAN filtering settings on net devices that belong to the same switch. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Suggested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
33162e9a |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Store vlan_filtering as a property of dsa_port This allows drivers to query the VLAN setting imposed by the bridge driver directly from DSA, instead of keeping their own state based on the .port_vlan_filtering callback. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <olteanv@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f81a43e8 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
dsa: Cleanup unneeded table and make tag structures static Now that tag drivers dynamically register, we don't need the static table. Remove it. This also means the tag driver structures can be made static. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d3b8c049 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
dsa: Add boilerplate helper to register DSA tag driver modules A DSA tag driver module will need to register the tag protocols it implements with the DSA core. Add macros containing this boiler plate. The registration/unregistration code is currently just a stub. A Later patch will add the real implementation. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> v2 Fix indent of #endif Rewrite to move list pointer into a new structure v3 Move kdoc next to macro Fix THIS_MODULE indentation Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
056eed2f |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
dsa: Add TAG protocol to tag ops In order that we can match the tagging protocol a switch driver request to the tagger, we need to know what protocol the tagger supports. Add this information to the ops structure. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> v2 More tag protocol to end of structure to keep hot members at the beginning. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0b42f033 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
dsa: Add MODULE_ALIAS to taggers in preparation to become modules When the tag drivers become modules, we will need to dynamically load them based on what the switch drivers need. Add aliases to map between the TAG protocol and the driver. In order to do this, we need the tag protocol number as something which the C pre-processor can stringinfy. Only the compiler knows the value of an enum, CPP cannot use them. So add #defines. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
875138f8 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
dsa: Move tagger name into its ops structure Rather than keep a list to map a tagger ops to a name, place the name into the ops structure. This removes the hard coded list, a step towards making the taggers more dynamic. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> v2: Move name to end of structure, keeping the hot entries at the beginning. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a2c7023f |
|
28-Mar-2019 |
Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org> |
net: dsa: read mac address from DT for slave device Before creating a slave netdevice, get the mac address from DTS and apply in case it is valid. Signed-off-by: Xiaofei Shen <xiaofeis@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vkoul@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
88b573af |
|
28-Feb-2019 |
Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com> |
net: dsa: add KSZ9893 switch tagging support KSZ9893 switch is similar to KSZ9477 switch except the ingress tail tag has 1 byte instead of 2 bytes. The size of the portmap is smaller and so the override and lookup bits are also moved. Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
75104db0 |
|
24-Feb-2019 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
dsa: Remove phydev parameter from disable_port call No current DSA driver makes use of the phydev parameter passed to the disable_port call. Remove it. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
57652796 |
|
20-Feb-2019 |
Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> |
net: dsa: add support for bridge flags The Linux bridge implementation allows various properties of the bridge to be controlled, such as flooding unknown unicast and multicast frames. This patch adds the necessary DSA infrastructure to allow the Linux bridge support to control these properties for DSA switches. Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> [florian: Add missing dp and ds variables declaration to fix build] Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ecfc9372 |
|
15-Jan-2019 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Split platform data to header file Instead of having net/dsa.h contain both the internal switch tree/driver structures, split the relevant platform_data parts into include/linux/platform_data/dsa.h and make that header be included by net/dsa.h in order not to break any setup. A subsequent set of patches will update code including net/dsa.h to include only the platform_data header. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
da7b9e9b |
|
15-Jan-2019 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Add ndo_get_phys_port_name() for CPU port There is not currently way to infer the port number through sysfs that is being used as the CPU port number. Overlay a ndo_get_phys_port_name() operation onto the DSA master network device in order to retrieve that information. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
39d6b96f |
|
14-Dec-2018 |
Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com> |
net: dsa: ksz: Rename NET_DSA_TAG_KSZ to _KSZ9477 Rename the tag Kconfig option and related macros in preparation for addition of new KSZ family switches with different tag formats. Signed-off-by: Tristram Ha <Tristram.Ha@microchip.com> Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> Cc: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Cc: Woojung Huh <woojung.huh@microchip.com> Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a5dd3087 |
|
06-Dec-2018 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Add overhead to tag protocol ops. Each DSA tag protocol needs to add additional headers to the Ethernet frame in order to direct it towards a specific switch egress port. It must also remove the head from a frame received from a switch. Indicate the maximum size of these headers in the tag protocol ops structure, so the core can take these overheads into account. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
79691192 |
|
09-Sep-2018 |
Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de> |
net: dsa: Add Lantiq / Intel GSWIP tag support This handles the tag added by the PMAC on the VRX200 SoC line. The GSWIP uses internally a GSWIP special tag which is located after the Ethernet header. The PMAC which connects the GSWIP to the CPU converts this special tag used by the GSWIP into the PMAC special tag which is added in front of the Ethernet header. This was tested with GSWIP 2.1 found in the VRX200 SoCs, other GSWIP versions use slightly different PMAC special tags. Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0015b80a |
|
16-Jul-2018 |
Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Remove VLA usage We avoid 2 VLAs by using a pre-allocated field in dsa_switch. We also try to avoid dynamic allocation whenever possible (when using fewer than bits-per-long ports, which is the common case). Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/CA+55aFzCG-zNmZwX4A2FQpadafLfEzK6CC=qPXydAacU1RqZWA@mail.gmail.com Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20180505185145.GB32630@lunn.ch Signed-off-by: Salvatore Mesoraca <s.mesoraca16@gmail.com> [kees: tweak commit subject and message slightly] Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
aab9c406 |
|
10-May-2018 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Plug in PHYLINK support Add support for PHYLINK within the DSA subsystem in order to support more complex devices such as pluggable (SFP) and non-pluggable (SFF) modules, 10G PHYs, and traditional PHYs. Using PHYLINK allows us to drop some amount of complexity we had while probing fixed and non-fixed PHYs using Device Tree. Because PHYLINK separates the Ethernet MAC/port configuration into different stages, we let switch drivers implement those, and for now, we maintain functionality by calling dsa_slave_adjust_link() during phylink_mac_link_{up,down} which provides semantically equivalent steps. Drivers willing to take advantage of PHYLINK should implement the phylink_mac_* operations that DSA wraps. We cannot quite remove the adjust_link() callback just yet, because a number of drivers rely on that for configuring their "CPU" and "DSA" ports, this is done dsa_port_setup_phy_of() and dsa_port_fixed_link_register_of() still. Drivers that utilize fixed links for user-facing ports (e.g: bcm_sf2) will need to implement phylink_mac_ops from now on to preserve functionality, since PHYLINK *does not* create a phy_device instance for fixed links. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
11d8f3dd |
|
10-May-2018 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Add PHYLINK switch operations In preparation for adding support for PHYLINK within DSA, define a number of operations that we will need and that switch drivers can start implementing. Proper integration with PHYLINK will follow in subsequent patches. We start selecting PHYLINK (which implies PHYLIB) in net/dsa/Kconfig such that drivers can be guaranteed that this dependency is properly taken care of and can start referencing PHYLINK helper functions without requiring stubs or anything. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cf963573 |
|
25-Apr-2018 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Allow providing PHY statistics from CPU port Implement the same type of ethtool diversion that we have for ETH_SS_STATS and make it work with ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. This allows providing PHY level statistics for CPU ports that are directly connecting to a PHY device. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
89f09048 |
|
25-Apr-2018 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Pass stringset to ethtool operations Up until now we largely assumed that we were interested in ETH_SS_STATS type of strings for all ethtool operations, this is about to change with the introduction of additional string sets, e.g: ETH_SS_PHY_STATS. Update all functions to take an appropriate stringset argument and act on it when it is different than ETH_SS_STATS for now. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
88c06054 |
|
28-Feb-2018 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
dsa: Pass the port to get_sset_count() By passing the port, we allow different ports to have different statistics. This is useful since some ports have SERDES interfaces with their own statistic counters. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
90af1059 |
|
13-Feb-2018 |
Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> |
net: dsa: forward timestamping callbacks to switch drivers Forward the rx/tx timestamp machinery from the dsa infrastructure to the switch driver. On the rx side, defer delivery of skbs until we have an rx timestamp. This mimicks the behavior of skb_defer_rx_timestamp. On the tx side, identify PTP packets, clone them, and pass them to the underlying switch driver before we transmit. This mimicks the behavior of skb_tx_timestamp. Adjusted txstamp API to keep the allocation and freeing of the clone in the same central function by Richard Cochran Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richardcochran@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0336369d |
|
13-Feb-2018 |
Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> |
net: dsa: forward hardware timestamping ioctls to switch driver This patch adds support to the dsa slave network device so that switch drivers can implement the SIOC[GS]HWTSTAMP ioctls and the ethtool timestamp-info interface. Signed-off-by: Brandon Streiff <brandon.streiff@ni.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
2a93c1a3 |
|
06-Dec-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Allow compiling out legacy support Introduce a configuration option: CONFIG_NET_DSA_LEGACY allowing to compile out support for the old platform device and Device Tree binding registration. Support for these configurations is scheduled to be removed in 4.17. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
07073c79 |
|
05-Dec-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: return per-port upstream port The current dsa_upstream_port() helper still assumes a unique CPU port in the whole switch fabric. This is becoming wrong, as every port in the fabric has its dedicated CPU port, thus every port has an upstream port. Add a port argument to the dsa_upstream_port() helper and fetch its CPU port instead of the deprecated unique fabric CPU port. A CPU or unused port has no dedicated CPU port, so return itself in this case. At the same time, change the return value from u8 to unsigned int since there is no need to limit the size here. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3b8fac5d |
|
29-Nov-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: introduce dsa_towards_port helper Add a new helper returning the local port used to reach an arbitrary switch port in the fabric. Its only user at the moment is the dsa_upstream_port helper, which returns the local port reaching the dedicated CPU port, but it will be used in cross-chip FDB operations. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3709aadc |
|
30-Nov-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove trans argument from mdb ops The DSA switch MDB ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway. Remove the trans argument from MDB prepare and add operations. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
80e02360 |
|
30-Nov-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove trans argument from vlan ops The DSA switch VLAN ops pass the switchdev_trans structure down to the drivers, but no one is using them and they aren't supposed to anyway. Remove the trans argument from VLAN prepare and add operations. At the same time, fix the following checkpatch warning: WARNING: line over 80 characters #74: FILE: drivers/net/dsa/dsa_loop.c:177: + const struct switchdev_obj_port_vlan *vlan) Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b74b70c4 |
|
10-Nov-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Support prepended Broadcom tag Add a new type: DSA_TAG_PROTO_PREPEND which allows us to support for the 4-bytes Broadcom tag that we already support, but in a format where it is pre-pended to the packet instead of located between the MAC SA and the Ethertyper (DSA_TAG_PROTO_BRCM). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5ed4e3eb |
|
10-Nov-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Pass a port to get_tag_protocol() A number of drivers want to check whether the configured CPU port is a possible configuration for enabling tagging, pass down the CPU port number so they verify that. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ec15dd42 |
|
06-Nov-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: setup and teardown tree This commit provides better scope for the DSA tree setup and teardown functions. It renames the "applied" bool to "setup" and print a message when the tree is setup, as it is done during teardown. At the same time, check dst->setup in dsa_tree_setup, where it is set to true. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
24a9332a |
|
06-Nov-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: constify cpu_dp member of dsa_port A DSA port has a dedicated CPU port assigned to it, stored in the cpu_dp member. It is not meant to be modified by a port, thus make it const. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
49463b7f |
|
03-Nov-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: make tree index unsigned Similarly to a DSA switch and port, rename the tree index from "tree" to "index" and make it an unsigned int because it isn't supposed to be less than 0. u32 is an OF specific data used to retrieve the value and has no need to be propagated up to the tree index. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
99feaafc |
|
03-Nov-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: make switch index unsigned Define the DSA switch index as an unsigned int, because it will never be less than 0. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5749f0f3 |
|
26-Oct-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove port masks Now that DSA core provides port types, there is no need to keep this information at the switch level. This is a static information that is part of a DSA core dsa_port structure. Remove them. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c38c5a66 |
|
26-Oct-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: use new port type in helpers Now that DSA exposes an enumerated type for the ports, we can use them directly instead of checking bitmaps, which is more consistent. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
057cad2c |
|
26-Oct-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: define port types Introduce an enumerated type for ports, which will be way more explicit to identify a port type instead of digging into switch port masks. A port can be of type CPU, DSA, user, or unused by default. This is a static parsed information that cannot be changed at runtime. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
02bc6e54 |
|
26-Oct-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: introduce dsa_user_ports helper Introduce a dsa_user_ports() helper to return the ds->enabled_port_mask mask which is more explicit. This will also minimize diffs when touching this internal mask. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
2b3e9891 |
|
26-Oct-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: rename dsa_is_normal_port helper This patch renames dsa_is_normal_port to dsa_is_user_port because "user" is the correct term in the DSA terminology, not "normal". Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
deb8ee0b |
|
26-Oct-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: fix dsa_is_normal_port helper In order to know if a port is of type user, dsa_is_normal_port checks that the given port is not of type DSA nor CPU. This is not enough because a port can be unused. Without the previous fix, this caused the unused mv88e6xxx ports to be configured in normal mode. The ds->enabled_port_mask reports the user ports, so check this instead. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
bff7b688 |
|
26-Oct-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add dsa_is_unused_port helper As the comment above the chunk states, the b53 driver attempts to disable the unused ports. But using ds->enabled_port_mask is misleading, because this mask reports in fact the user ports. To avoid confusion and fix this, this patch introduces an explicit dsa_is_unused_port helper which ensures the corresponding bit is not masked in any of the switch port masks. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c8652c83 |
|
16-Oct-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add dsa_to_port helper The dsa_port structure is part of DSA core data and must only be updated by the later. It is OK and sometimes necessary for the DSA drivers to access this data, but this has to be read only. For that purpose, add a dsa_to_port() helper which returns a const pointer to a dsa_port structure which must be used by DSA drivers from now on instead of digging into ds->ports[] themselves. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f8b8b1cd |
|
16-Oct-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: split dsa_port's netdev member The dsa_port structure has a "netdev" member, which can be used for either the master device, or the slave device, depending on its type. It is true that today, CPU port are not exposed to userspace, thus the port's netdev member can be used to point to its master interface. But it is still slightly confusing, so split it into more explicit "master" and "slave" members inside an anonymous union. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
841f4f24 |
|
13-Oct-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove .set_addr Now that there is no user for the .set_addr function, remove it from DSA. If a switch supports this feature (like mv88e6xxx), the implementation can be done in the driver setup. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0a5f14ce |
|
11-Oct-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: tag_brcm: Indicate to master netdevice port + queue We need to tell the DSA master network device doing the actual transmission what the desired switch port and queue number is for it to resolve that to the internal transmit queue it is mapped to. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
60724d4b |
|
11-Oct-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Add support for DSA specific notifiers In preparation for communicating a given DSA network device's port number and switch index, create a specialized DSA notifier and two events: DSA_PORT_REGISTER and DSA_PORT_UNREGISTER that communicate: the slave network device (slave_dev), port number and switch number in the tree. This will be later used for network device drivers like bcmsysport which needs to cooperate with its DSA network devices to set-up queue mapping and scheduling. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
aa193d9b |
|
29-Sep-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove tag ops from the switch tree Now that the dsa_ptr is a dsa_port instance, there is no need to keep the tag operations in the dsa_switch_tree structure. Remove it. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3e41f93b |
|
29-Sep-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: prepare master receive hot path In preparation to make DSA master devices point to their corresponding CPU port instead of the whole tree, add copies of dst and rcv in the dsa_port structure so that we keep fast access in the receive hot path. Also keep the copies at the beginning of the dsa_port structure in order to ensure they are available in cacheline 1. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
15240248 |
|
29-Sep-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add tagging ops to port The DSA tagging protocol operations are specific to each CPU port, thus the dsa_device_ops pointer belongs to the dsa_port structure. >From now on assign a slave's xmit copy from its CPU port tagging operations. This will ease the future support for multiple CPU ports. Also keep the tag_ops at the beginning of the dsa_port structure so that we ensure copies for hot path are in cacheline 1. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f5619866 |
|
19-Sep-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove copy of master ethtool_ops There is no need to store a copy of the master ethtool ops, storing the original pointer in DSA and the new one in the master netdev itself is enough. In the meantime, set orig_ethtool_ops to NULL when restoring the master ethtool ops and check the presence of the master original ethtool ops as well as its needed functions before calling them. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
55199df6 |
|
03-Sep-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Allow switch drivers to indicate number of TX queues Let switch drivers indicate how many TX queues they support. Some switches, such as Broadcom Starfighter 2 are designed with 8 egress queues. Future changes will allow us to leverage the queue mapping and direct the transmission towards a particular queue. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
89e49506 |
|
17-Aug-2017 |
Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de> |
dsa: remove unused net_device arg from handlers compile tested only, but saw no warnings/errors with allmodconfig build. Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
598a9680 |
|
09-Aug-2017 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
net-next: dsa: add flow_dissect callback to struct dsa_device_ops When the flow dissector first sees packets coming in on a DSA devices the 802.3 header wont be located where the code expects it to be as the tag is still present. Adding this new callback allows a DSA device to provide a new function that the flow_dissector can use to get the correct protocol and offset of the network header. Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com> Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
68277a2c |
|
09-Aug-2017 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
net-next: dsa: move struct dsa_device_ops to the global header file We need to access this struct from within the flow_dissector to fix dissection for packets coming in on DSA devices. Signed-off-by: Muciri Gatimu <muciri@openmesh.com> Signed-off-by: Shashidhar Lakkavalli <shashidhar.lakkavalli@openmesh.com> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
2bedde1a |
|
06-Aug-2017 |
Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> |
net: dsa: Move FDB dump implementation inside DSA >From all switchdev devices only DSA requires special FDB dump. This is due to lack of ability for syncing the hardware learned FDBs with the bridge. Due to this it is removed from switchdev and moved inside DSA. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
dc0cbff3 |
|
06-Aug-2017 |
Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> |
net: dsa: Remove redundant MDB dump support Currently the MDB HW database is synced with the bridge's one, thus, There is no need to support special dump functionality. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c069fcd8 |
|
06-Aug-2017 |
Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> |
net: dsa: Remove support for bypass bridge port attributes/vlan set The bridge port attributes/vlan for DSA devices should be set only from bridge code. Furthermore, The vlans are synced totally with the bridge so there is no need for special dump support. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1b6dd556 |
|
06-Aug-2017 |
Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> |
net: dsa: Remove prepare phase for FDB The prepare phase for FDB add is unneeded because most of DSA devices can have failures during bus transactions (SPI, I2C, etc.), thus, the prepare phase cannot guarantee success of the commit stage. The support for learning FDB through notification chain, which will be introduced in the following patches, will provide the ability to notify back the bridge about successful offload. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6c2c1dcb |
|
06-Aug-2017 |
Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> |
net: dsa: Change DSA slave FDB API to be switchdev independent In order to support FDB add/del to be on a notifier chain the slave API need to be changed to be switchdev independent. Signed-off-by: Arkadi Sharshevsky <arkadis@mellanox.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
08f50061 |
|
01-Aug-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: rename switch EEE ops To avoid confusion with the PHY EEE settings, rename the .set_eee and .get_eee ops to respectively .set_mac_eee and .get_mac_eee. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
46587e4a |
|
01-Aug-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove PHY device argument from .set_eee The DSA switch operations for EEE are only meant to configure a port's MAC EEE settings. The port's PHY EEE settings are accessed by the DSA layer and must be made available via a proper PHY driver. In order to reduce this confusion, remove the phy_device argument from the .set_eee operation. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
e7d53ad3 |
|
18-Jul-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: unexport dsa_is_port_initialized The dsa_is_port_initialized helper is only used by dsa_switch_resume and dsa_switch_suspend, if CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is enabled. Make it static to dsa.c. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a29342e7 |
|
13-Jun-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Associate slave network device with CPU port In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports with DSA, have the dsa_port structure know which CPU it is associated with. This will be important in order to make sure the correct CPU is used for transmission of the frames. If not for functional reasons, for performance (e.g: load balancing) and forwarding decisions. Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
67dbb9d4 |
|
13-Jun-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Relocate master ethtool operations Relocate master_ethtool_ops and master_orig_ethtool_ops into struct dsa_port in order to be both consistent, and make things self contained within the dsa_port structure. This is a preliminary change to supporting multiple CPU port interfaces. Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6d3c8c0d |
|
13-Jun-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Remove master_netdev and use dst->cpu_dp->netdev In preparation for supporting multiple CPU ports, remove dst->master_netdev and ds->master_netdev and replace them with only one instance of the common object we have for a port: struct dsa_port::netdev. ds->master_netdev is currently write only and would be helpful in the case where we have two switches, both with CPU ports, and also connected within each other, which the multi-CPU port patch series would address. While at it, introduce a helper function used in net/dsa/slave.c to immediately get a reference on the master network device called dsa_master_netdev(). Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
14be36c2 |
|
02-Jun-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Initialize all CPU and enabled ports masks in dsa_ds_parse() There was no reason for duplicating the code that initializes ds->enabled_port_mask in both dsa_parse_ports_dn() and dsa_parse_ports(), instead move this to dsa_ds_parse() which is early enough before ops->setup() has run. While at it, we can now make dsa_is_cpu_port() check ds->cpu_port_mask which is a step towards being multi-CPU port capable. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
717ffbfb |
|
01-Jun-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove dsa_uses_tagged_protocol Since dev->dsa_ptr is a pointer to a dsa_switch_tree, there is no need to have another inline helper just to check rcv. Remove dsa_uses_tagged_protocol and check dsa_ptr && dsa_ptr->rcv together at the same time. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
73a7ece8 |
|
01-Jun-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: comment hot path requirements The DSA layer uses inline helpers and copy of the tagging functions for faster access in hot path. Add comments to detail that. Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8b8010fb |
|
31-May-2017 |
Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com> |
dsa: add support for Microchip KSZ tail tagging Adding support for the Microchip KSZ switch family tail tagging. Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Woojung Huh <Woojung.Huh@microchip.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
23c9ee49 |
|
26-May-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove dev arg of dsa_register_switch The current dsa_register_switch function takes a useless struct device pointer argument, which always equals ds->dev. Drivers either call it with ds->dev, or with the same device pointer passed to dsa_switch_alloc, which ends up being assigned to ds->dev. This patch removes the second argument of the dsa_register_switch and _dsa_register_switch functions. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
52c96f9d |
|
19-May-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: move notifier info to private header The DSA notifier events and info structure definitions are not meant for DSA drivers and users, but only used internally by the DSA core files. Move them from the public net/dsa.h file to the private dsa_priv.h file. Also use this opportunity to turn the events into an anonymous enum, because we don't care about the values, and this will prevent future conflicts when adding (and sorting) new events. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
438ff537 |
|
17-May-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: use switchdev_obj_dump_cb_t everywhere Now that the DSA public header includes switchdev.h, use the provided switchdev_obj_dump_cb_t typedef for the object dump callback. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f0c24ccf |
|
17-May-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: include switchdev.h only once DSA drivers and core use switchdev. Include switchdev.h only once, in the dsa.h public header, so that inclusion in DSA drivers or forward declarations of switchdev structures in not necessary anymore. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
eb7b7211 |
|
16-May-2017 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Sort DSA tagging protocol drivers With more tag protocols being added, regain some order by sorting the entries in various places. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8b0d3ea5 |
|
16-May-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: store CPU port pointer in the tree A dsa_switch_tree instance holds a dsa_switch pointer and a port index to identify the switch port to which the CPU is attached. Now that the DSA layer has a dsa_port structure to hold this data, use it to point the switch CPU port. This patch simply substitutes s/dst->cpu_switch/dst->cpu_dp->ds/ and s/dst->cpu_port/dst->cpu_dp->index/. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
e8fe177a |
|
18-Apr-2017 |
Juergen Beisert <jbe@pengutronix.de> |
net: dsa: add support for the SMSC-LAN9303 tagging format To define the outgoing port and to discover the incoming port a regular VLAN tag is used by the LAN9303. But its VID meaning is 'special'. This tag handler/filter depends on some hardware features which must be enabled in the device to provide and make use of this special VLAN tag to control the destination and the source of an ethernet packet. Signed-off-by: Juergen Borleis <jbe@pengutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a6a71f19 |
|
11-Apr-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: isolate legacy code This patch moves as is the legacy DSA code from dsa.c to legacy.c, except the few shared symbols which remain in dsa.c. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a86d8bec |
|
08-Apr-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Factor bottom tag receive functions All DSA tag receive functions do strictly the same thing after they have located the originating source port from their tag specific protocol: - push ETH_HLEN bytes - set pkt_type to PACKET_HOST - call eth_type_trans() - bump up counters - call netif_receive_skb() Factor all of that into dsa_switch_rcv(). This also makes us return a pointer to a sk_buff, which makes us symetric with the xmit function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5cd8985a |
|
07-Apr-2017 |
Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com> |
net-next: dsa: add Mediatek tag RX/TX handler Add the support for the 4-bytes tag for DSA port distinguishing inserted allowing receiving and transmitting the packet via the particular port. The tag is being added after the source MAC address in the ethernet header. Signed-off-by: Sean Wang <sean.wang@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Landen Chao <Landen.Chao@mediatek.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
40ef2c93 |
|
30-Mar-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add cross-chip bridging operations Introduce crosschip_bridge_{join,leave} operations in the dsa_switch_ops structure, which can be used by switches supporting interconnection. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
96567d5d |
|
28-Mar-2017 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: dsa2: Add basic support of devlink Register the switch and its ports with devlink. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c6e970a0 |
|
28-Mar-2017 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: break include loop netdevice.h, dsa.h, devlink.h There is an include loop between netdevice.h, dsa.h, devlink.h because of NETDEV_ALIGN, making it impossible to use devlink structures in dsa.h. Break this loop by taking dsa.h out of netdevice.h, add a forward declaration of dsa_switch_tree and netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops() function, which is what netdevice.h requires. No longer having dsa.h in netdevice.h means the includes in dsa.h no longer get included. This breaks a few other files which depend on these includes. Add these directly in the affected file. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0f3da6af |
|
15-Mar-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: check out-of-range ageing time value If a DSA switch driver cannot program an ageing time value due to it being out-of-range, switchdev will raise a stack trace before failing. To fix this, add ageing_time_min and ageing_time_max members to the dsa_switch in order for the switch drivers to optionally specify their supported ageing time limits. The DSA core will now check for provided ageing time limits and return -ERANGE from the switchdev prepare phase if the value is out-of-range. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6cd456f3 |
|
11-Mar-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add dsa_is_normal_port helper Introduce a dsa_is_normal_port helper to check if a given port is a normal user port as opposed to a CPU port or DSA link. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4d56a29f |
|
07-Feb-2017 |
Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> |
net: dsa: remove unnecessary phy*.h includes Including phy.h and phy_fixed.h into net/dsa.h causes phy*.h to be an unnecessary dependency for quite a large amount of the kernel. There's very little which actually requires definitions from phy.h in net/dsa.h - the include itself only wants the declaration of a couple of structures and IFNAMSIZ. Add linux/if.h for IFNAMSIZ, declarations for the structures, phy.h to mv88e6xxx.h as it needs it for phy_interface_t, and remove both phy.h and phy_fixed.h from net/dsa.h. This patch reduces from around 800 files rebuilt to around 40 - even with ccache, the time difference is noticable. Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@armlinux.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
71e0bbde |
|
04-Feb-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Add support for platform data Allow drivers to use the new DSA API with platform data. Most of the code in net/dsa/dsa2.c does not rely so much on device_nodes and can get the same information from platform_data instead. We purposely do not support distributed configurations with platform data, so drivers should be providing a pointer to a 'struct dsa_chip_data' structure if they wish to communicate per-port layout. Multiple CPUs port could potentially be supported and dsa_chip_data is extended to receive up to one reference to an upstream network device per port described by a dsa_chip_data structure. dsa_dev_to_net_device() increments the network device's reference count, so we intentionally call dev_put() to be consistent with the DT-enabled path, until we have a generic notifier based solution. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
14b89f36 |
|
04-Feb-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Rename and export dev_to_net_device() In preparation for using this function in net/dsa/dsa2.c, rename the function to make its scope DSA specific, and export it. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
04d3a4c6 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: introduce bridge notifier A slave device will now notify the switch fabric once its port is bridged or unbridged, instead of calling directly its switch operations. This code allows propagating cross-chip bridging events in the fabric. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f515f192 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add switch notifier Add a notifier block per DSA switch, registered against a notifier head in the switch fabric they belong to. This infrastructure will allow to propagate fabric-wide events such as port bridging, VLAN configuration, etc. If a DSA switch driver cares about cross-chip configuration, such events can be caught. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f50f2127 |
|
30-Jan-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Add plumbing for port mirroring Add necessary plumbing at the slave network device level to have switch drivers implement ndo_setup_tc() and most particularly the cls_matchall classifier. We add support for two switch operations: port_add_mirror and port_del_mirror() which configure, on a per-port basis the mirror parameters requested from the cls_matchall classifier. Code is largely borrowed from the Mellanox Spectrum switch driver. Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
bf9f2648 |
|
30-Jan-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Hook {get,set}_rxnfc ethtool operations In preparation for adding support for CFP/TCAMP in the bcm_sf2 driver add the plumbing to call into driver specific {get,set}_rxnfc operations. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f123f2fb |
|
27-Jan-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: pass bridge device when a port leaves Upon reception of the NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, a leaving port is already unbridged, so reflect this by assigning the port's bridge_dev pointer to NULL before calling the port_bridge_leave DSA driver operation. Now that the bridge_dev pointer is exposed to the drivers, reflecting the current state of the DSA switch fabric is necessary for the drivers to adjust their port based VLANs correctly. Pass the bridge device pointer to the port_bridge_leave operation so that drivers have all information to re-program their chips properly, and do not need to cache it anymore. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a5e9a02e |
|
27-Jan-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: move bridge device in dsa_port Move the bridge_dev pointer from dsa_slave_priv to dsa_port so that DSA drivers can access this information and remove the need to cache it. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
818be848 |
|
27-Jan-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add ds and index to dsa_port Add the physical switch instance and port index a DSA port belongs to to the dsa_port structure. That can be used later to retrieve information about a physical port when configuring a switch fabric, or lighten up struct dsa_slave_priv. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a0c02161 |
|
27-Jan-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: variable number of ports Change the ports[DSA_MAX_PORTS] array of the dsa_switch structure for a zero-length array, allocated at the same time as the dsa_switch structure itself. A dsa_switch_alloc() helper is provided for that. This commit brings no functional change yet since we pass DSA_MAX_PORTS as the number of ports for the moment. Future patches can update the DSA drivers separately to support dynamic number of ports. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
55ed0ce0 |
|
26-Jan-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Pass device pointer to dsa_register_switch In preparation for allowing dsa_register_switch() to be supplied with device/platform data, pass down a struct device pointer instead of a struct device_node. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
43450293 |
|
25-Jan-2017 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Mop up remaining NET_DSA_HWMON references Previous patches have moved the temperature sensor code into the Marvell PHYs. A few now dead references to NET_DSA_HWMON were left behind. Go reap them. Reported-by: Valentin Rothberg <valentinrothberg@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cf1a56a4 |
|
19-Jan-2017 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Remove hwmon support Only the Marvell mv88e6xxx DSA driver made use of the HWMON support in DSA. The temperature sensor registers are actually in the embedded PHYs, and the PHY driver now supports it. So remove all HWMON support from DSA and drivers. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b22de490 |
|
17-Jan-2017 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: store CPU switch structure in the tree Store a dsa_switch pointer to the CPU switch in the tree instead of only its index. This avoids the need to initialize it to -1. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a82f67af |
|
08-Jan-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Make dsa_switch_ops const Now that we have properly encapsulated and made drivers utilize exported functions, we can switch dsa_switch_ops to be a annotated with const. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ab3d408d |
|
08-Jan-2017 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Encapsulate legacy switch drivers into dsa_switch_driver In preparation for making struct dsa_switch_ops const, encapsulate it within a dsa_switch_driver which has a list pointer and a pointer to dsa_switch_ops. This allows us to take the list_head pointer out of dsa_switch_ops, which is written to by {un,}register_switch_driver. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
732f794c |
|
22-Sep-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add port fast ageing Today the DSA drivers are in charge of flushing the MAC addresses associated to a port when its STP state changes from Learning or Forwarding, to Disabled or Blocking or Listening. This makes the drivers more complex and hides the generic switch logic. Introduce a new optional port_fast_age operation to dsa_switch_ops, to move this logic to the DSA layer and keep drivers simple. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cafdc45c |
|
15-Sep-2016 |
John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> |
net-next: dsa: add Qualcomm tag RX/TX handler Add support for the 2-bytes Qualcomm tag that gigabit switches such as the QCA8337/N might insert when receiving packets, or that we need to insert while targeting specific switch ports. The tag is inserted directly behind the ethernet header. Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
04bed143 |
|
31-Aug-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove ds_to_priv Access the priv member of the dsa_switch structure directly, instead of having an unnecessary helper. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8df30255 |
|
31-Aug-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add MDB support Add SWITCHDEV_OBJ_ID_PORT_MDB support to the DSA layer. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
9d490b4e |
|
22-Aug-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: rename switch operations structure Now that the dsa_switch_driver structure contains only function pointers as it is supposed to, rename it to the more appropriate dsa_switch_ops, uniformly to any other operations structure in the kernel. No functional changes here, basically just the result of something like: s/dsa_switch_driver *drv/dsa_switch_ops *ops/g However keep the {un,}register_switch_driver functions and their dsa_switch_drivers list as is, since they represent the -- likely to be deprecated soon -- legacy DSA registration framework. In the meantime, also fix the following checks from checkpatch.pl to make it happy with this patch: CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "!ops" #403: FILE: net/dsa/dsa.c:470: + if (ops == NULL) { CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_strings" #773: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:697: + if (ds->ops->get_strings != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats" #824: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:785: + if (ds->ops->get_ethtool_stats != NULL) CHECK: Comparison to NULL could be written "ds->ops->get_sset_count" #835: FILE: net/dsa/slave.c:798: + if (ds->ops->get_sset_count != NULL) total: 0 errors, 0 warnings, 4 checks, 784 lines checked Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7b314362 |
|
22-Aug-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Allow the DSA driver to indicate the tag protocol DSA drivers may drive different families of switches which need different tag protocol. Rather than hard code the tag protocol in the driver structure, have a callback for the DSA core to call. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ea825e70 |
|
18-Aug-2016 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Export suspend/resume functions In preparation for allowing switch drivers to implement system-wide suspend/resume functions, export dsa_switch_suspend and dsa_switch_resume() such that these are callable from the appropriate driver specific suspend/resume functions. Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
34a79f63 |
|
18-Jul-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: support switchdev ageing time attr Add a new function for DSA drivers to handle the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_AGEING_TIME attribute. The ageing time is passed as milliseconds. Also because we can have multiple logical bridges on top of a physical switch and ageing time are switch-wide, call the driver function with the fastest ageing time in use on the chip instead of the requested one. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d390238c |
|
06-Jul-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: initialize the routing table The routing table of every switch in a tree is currently initialized to all zeros. This is an issue since 0 is a valid port number. Add a DSA_RTABLE_NONE=-1 constant to initialize the signed values of the routing table pointing to other switches. This fixes the device mapping of the mv88e6xxx driver where the port pointing to the switch itself and to non-existent switches was wrongly configured to be 0. It is now set to the expected 0xf value. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0c73c523 |
|
07-Jun-2016 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Initialize CPU port ethtool ops per tree Now that we can properly support multiple distinct trees in the system, using a global variable: dsa_cpu_port_ethtool_ops is getting clobbered as soon as the second switch tree gets probed, and we don't want that. We need to move this to be dynamically allocated, and since we can't really be comparing addresses anymore to determine first time initialization versus any other times, just move this to dsa.c and dsa2.c where the remainder of the dst/ds initialization happens. The operations teardown restores the master netdev's ethtool_ops to its original ethtool_ops pointer (typically within the Ethernet driver) Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
83c0afae |
|
04-Jun-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Add new binding implementation The existing DSA binding has a number of limitations and problems. The main problem is that it cannot represent a switch as a linux device, hanging off some bus. It is limited to one CPU port. The DSA platform device is artificial, and does not really represent hardware. Implement a new binding which can be embedded into any type of node on a bus to represent one switch device, and its links to other switches. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
39a7f2a4 |
|
04-Jun-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Refactor selection of tag ops into a function Replace the two switch statements with an array lookup, and store the result in the dsa tree structure. The drivers no longer need to know the selected tag protocol, so remove it from the dsa switch structure. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
66472fc0 |
|
04-Jun-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Copy the routing table into the switch structure The new binding will not have a chip data structure, it will place the routing directly into the switch structure. To enable backwards compatibility, copy the routing from the chip data into the switch structure. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4a7704ff |
|
04-Jun-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Remove dynamic allocate of routing table With a maximum of four switches, the size of the routing table is the same as the pointer to it. Removing it makes the code simpler. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
189b0d93 |
|
04-Jun-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Move port device node into port structure Move the port device node structure into the port structure, from the chip data. This information is needed in the next step of implementing the new binding. The chip data structure is used while parsing the whole old binding, before the individual switch structures exist. With the new bindings, this is reversed, the switches exist first, and the interconnections between the switches is derived from the individual switch bindings. Thus this chip data structure becomes unneeded. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> eviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c8b09808 |
|
04-Jun-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Add a ports structure and use it in the switch structure There are going to be more per-port members added to the switch structure. So add a port structure and move the netdev into it. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ff04955c |
|
10-May-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
dsa: Rename switch chip data to cd The dsa_switch structure contains a dsa_chip_data member called pd. However in the rest of the code, pd is used for dsa_platform_data. This is confusing. Rename it cd, which is already often used in dsa.c and slave.c for this data type. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c33063d6 |
|
10-May-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
dsa: Remove master_dev from switch structure The switch drivers only use the master_dev member for dev_info() messages. Now that the device is passed to the old style probe, and new style drivers are probed as true linux drivers, this is no longer needed. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
52638f71 |
|
10-May-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
dsa: Move gpio reset into switch driver Resetting the switch is something the driver does, not the framework. So move the parsing of this property into the driver. There are no in kernel users of this property, so moving it does not break anything. There is however a board which will make use of this property making its way into the kernel. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
badf3ada |
|
27-Apr-2016 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: Provide CPU port statistics to master netdev This patch overloads the DSA master netdev, aka CPU Ethernet MAC to also include switch-side statistics, which is useful for debugging purposes, when the switch is not properly connected to the Ethernet MAC (duplex mismatch, (RG)MII electrical issues etc.). We accomplish this by retaining the original copy of the master netdev's ethtool_ops, and just overload the 3 operations we care about: get_sset_count, get_strings and get_ethtool_stats so as to intercept these calls and call into the original master_netdev ethtool_ops, plus our own. We take this approach as opposed to providing a set of DSA helper functions that would retrive the CPU port's statistics, because the entire purpose of DSA is to allow unmodified Ethernet MAC drivers to be used as CPU conduit interfaces, therefore, statistics overlay in such drivers would simply not scale. The new ethtool -S <iface> output would therefore look like this now: <iface> statistics p<2 digits cpu port number>_<switch MIB counter names> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c60c9840 |
|
18-Apr-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove tag_protocol from dsa_switch Having the tag protocol in dsa_switch_driver for setup time and in dsa_switch_tree for runtime is enough. Remove dsa_switch's one. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0209d144 |
|
17-Apr-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: constify probed name Change the dsa_switch_driver.probe function to return a const char *. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
74c3e2a5 |
|
12-Apr-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
dsa: Rename phys_port_mask to enabled_port_mask The phys in phys_port_mask suggests this mask is about PHYs. In fact, it means physical ports. Rename to enabled_port_mask, indicating external enabled ports of the switch, which is hopefully less confusing. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5feebd0a |
|
12-Apr-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Remove allocation of driver private memory The drivers now allocate their own memory for private usage. Remove the allocation from the core code. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7543a6d5 |
|
12-Apr-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Have the switch driver allocate there own private memory Now the switch devices have a dev pointer, make use of it for allocating the drivers private data structures using a devm_kzalloc(). Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
bbb8d793 |
|
12-Apr-2016 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Pass the dsa device to the switch drivers By passing a device structure to the switch devices, it allows them to use devm_* methods for resource management. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Tested-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4d5770b3 |
|
06-Apr-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: make the VLAN add function return void The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is nothing switchdev can do about it. The DSA layer separates port_vlan_prepare and port_vlan_add for simplicity and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is no need to report it outside the driver itself. Make the DSA port_vlan_add routine return void for explicitness. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8497aa61 |
|
06-Apr-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: make the FDB add function return void The switchdev design implies that a software error should not happen in the commit phase since it must have been previously reported in the prepare phase. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is nothing switchdev can do about it. The DSA layer separates port_fdb_prepare and port_fdb_add for simplicity and convenience. If an hardware error occurs during the commit phase, there is no need to report it outside the DSA driver itself. Make the DSA port_fdb_add routine return void for explicitness. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
43c44a9f |
|
06-Apr-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: make the STP state function return void The DSA layer doesn't care about the return code of the port_stp_update routine, so make it void in the layer and the DSA drivers. Replace the useless dsa_slave_stp_update function with a dsa_slave_stp_state function used to reply to the switchdev SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_PORT_STP_STATE attribute. In the meantime, rename port_stp_update to port_stp_state_set to explicit the state change. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
16bfa702 |
|
13-Mar-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: make port_bridge_leave return void netdev_upper_dev_unlink() which notifies NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, returns void, as well as del_nbp(). So there's no advantage to catch an eventual error from the port_bridge_leave routine at the DSA level. Make this routine void for the DSA layer and its existing drivers. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
71327a4e |
|
13-Mar-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: rename port_*_bridge routines Rename DSA port_join_bridge and port_leave_bridge routines to respectively port_bridge_join and port_bridge_leave in order to respect an implicit Port::Bridge namespace. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
fb2dabad |
|
26-Feb-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: support VLAN filtering switchdev attr When a user explicitly requests VLAN filtering with something like: # echo 1 > /sys/class/net/<bridge>/bridge/vlan_filtering Switchdev propagates a SWITCHDEV_ATTR_ID_BRIDGE_VLAN_FILTERING port attribute. Add support for it in the DSA layer with a new port_vlan_filtering function to let drivers toggle 802.1Q filtering on user demand. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
477b1845 |
|
22-Feb-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: drop vlan_getnext The VLAN GetNext operation is specific to some switches, and thus can be complicated to implement for some drivers. Remove the support for the vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach in favor of the generic and simpler port_vlan_dump function. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
65aebfc0 |
|
22-Feb-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add port_vlan_dump routine Similar to port_fdb_dump, add a port_vlan_dump function to DSA drivers which gets passed the switchdev VLAN object and callback. This function, if implemented, takes precedence over the soon legacy vlan_getnext/port_pvid_get approach. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a6692754 |
|
11-Feb-2016 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: pass bridge down to drivers Some DSA drivers may or may not support multiple software bridges on top of an hardware switch. It is more convenient for them to access the bridge's net_device for finer configuration. Removing the need to craft and access a bitmask also simplifies the code. This patch changes the signature of bridge related functions, update DSA drivers, and removes dsa_slave_br_port_mask. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Tested-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
4baee937 |
|
07-Dec-2015 |
Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> |
net: dsa: remove DSA link polling Since no more DSA driver uses the polling callback, and since the phylib handles the link detection, remove the link polling work and timer code. Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cc30c163 |
|
19-Nov-2015 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Add support for a switch reset gpio Some boards have a gpio line tied to the switch reset pin. Allow this gpio to be retrieved from the device tree, and take the switch out of reset before performing the probe. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
76e398a6 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: use switchdev obj for VLAN add/del ops Simplify DSA by pushing the switchdev objects for VLAN add and delete operations down to its drivers. Currently only mv88e6xxx is affected. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1a49a2fb |
|
22-Oct-2015 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: remove port_fdb_getnext No driver implements port_fdb_getnext anymore, and port_fdb_dump is preferred anyway, so remove this function from DSA. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ea70ba98 |
|
22-Oct-2015 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add port_fdb_dump function Not all switch chips support a Get Next operation to iterate on its FDB. So add a more simple port_fdb_dump function for them. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8057b3e7 |
|
08-Oct-2015 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: use switchdev obj in port_fdb_del For consistency with the FDB add operation, propagate the switchdev_obj_port_fdb structure in the DSA drivers. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1f36faf2 |
|
08-Oct-2015 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: push prepare phase in port_fdb_add Now that the prepare phase is pushed down to the DSA drivers, propagate it to the port_fdb_add function. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
146a3206 |
|
08-Oct-2015 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add port_fdb_prepare Push the prepare phase for FDB operations down to the DSA drivers, with a new port_fdb_prepare function. Currently only mv88e6xxx is affected. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
60045cbf |
|
17-Aug-2015 |
Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> |
net: dsa: Add dsa_is_dsa_port() helper Add an inline helper for determining is a port is a DSA port. Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
11149536 |
|
12-Aug-2015 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add support for switchdev VLAN objects Add new functions in DSA drivers to access hardware VLAN entries through SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_VLAN objects: - port_pvid_get() and vlan_getnext() to dump a VLAN - port_vlan_del() to exclude a port from a VLAN - port_pvid_set() and port_vlan_add() to join a port to a VLAN The DSA infrastructure will ensure that each VLAN of the given range does not already belong to another bridge. If it does, it will fallback to software VLAN and won't program the hardware. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
2a778e1b |
|
10-Aug-2015 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: change FDB routines prototypes Change the prototype of port_getnext to include a vid parameter. This is necessary to introduce the support for VLAN. Also rename the fdb_{add,del,getnext} function pointers to port_fdb_{add,del,getnext} since they are specific to a given port. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cdf09697 |
|
11-Aug-2015 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
Revert "Merge branch 'mv88e6xxx-switchdev-fdb'" This reverts commit f1d5ca434413b20cd3f8c18ff2b634b7782149a5, reversing changes made to 4933d85c5173832ebd261756522095837583c458. I applied v2 instead of v3. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
55045ddd |
|
05-Aug-2015 |
Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add support for switchdev FDB objects Remove the fdb_{add,del,getnext} function pointer in favor of new port_fdb_{add,del,getnext}. Implement the switchdev_port_obj_{add,del,dump} functions in DSA to support the SWITCHDEV_OBJ_PORT_FDB objects. Signed-off-by: Vivien Didelot <vivien.didelot@savoirfairelinux.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
339d8262 |
|
26-Mar-2015 |
Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> |
net: dsa: Add basic framework to support ndo_fdb functions Provide callbacks for ndo_fdb_add, ndo_fdb_del, and ndo_fdb_dump. Reviewed-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch> Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
769a0202 |
|
09-Mar-2015 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: utilize of_find_net_device_by_node Using of_find_device_by_node() restricts the search to platform_device that match the specified device_node pointer. This is not even remotely true for network devices backed by a pci_device for instance. of_find_net_device_by_node() allows us to do a more thorough lookup to find the struct net_device corresponding to a particular device_node pointer. For symetry with the non-OF code path, we hold the net_device pointer in dsa_probe() just like what dev_to_net_dev() does when we call this function. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
59299031 |
|
05-Mar-2015 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: let switches specify their tagging protocol In order to support the new DSA device driver model, a dsa_switch should be able to advertise the type of tagging protocol supported by the underlying switch device. This also removes constraints on how tagging can be stacked to each other. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d79d2107 |
|
25-Feb-2015 |
Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> |
net: dsa: Introduce dsa_is_port_initialized To avoid race conditions when using the ds->ports[] array, we need to check if the accessed port has been initialized. Introduce and use helper function dsa_is_port_initialized for that purpose and use it where needed. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b73adef6 |
|
24-Feb-2015 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: integrate with SWITCHDEV for HW bridging In order to support bridging offloads in DSA switch drivers, select NET_SWITCHDEV to get access to the port_stp_update and parent_get_id NDOs that we are required to implement. To facilitate the integratation at the DSA driver level, we implement 3 types of operations: - port_join_bridge - port_leave_bridge - port_stp_update DSA will resolve which switch ports that are currently bridge port members as some Switch hardware/drivers need to know about that to limit the register programming to just the relevant registers (especially for slow MDIO buses). We also take care of setting the correct STP state when slave network devices are brought up/down while being bridge members. Finally, when a port is leaving the bridge, we make sure we set in BR_STATE_FORWARDING state, otherwise the bridge layer would leave it disabled as a result of having left the bridge. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Tested-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3d762a0f |
|
29-Oct-2014 |
Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> |
net: dsa: Add support for reading switch registers with ethtool Add support for reading switch registers with 'ethtool -d'. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6793abb4 |
|
29-Oct-2014 |
Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> |
net: dsa: Add support for switch EEPROM access On some chips it is possible to access the switch eeprom. Add infrastructure support for it. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
51579c3f |
|
29-Oct-2014 |
Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> |
net: dsa: Add support for reporting switch chip temperatures Some switches provide chip temperature data. Add support for reporting it through the hwmon subsystem. Signed-off-by: Guenter Roeck <linux@roeck-us.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a2820543 |
|
17-Oct-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add includes for ethtool and phy_fixed definitions net/dsa/slave.c uses functions and structures declared in phy_fixed.h but does not explicitely include it, while dsa.h needs structure declarations for 'struct ethtool_wolinfo' and 'struct ethtool_eee', fix those by including the correct header files. Fixes: ec9436baedb6 ("net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment") Fixes: ce31b31c68e7 ("net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information") Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7905288f |
|
24-Sep-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: allow switches driver to implement get/set EEE Allow switches driver to query and enable/disable EEE on a per-port basis by implementing the ethtool_{get,set}_eee settings and delegating these operations to the switch driver. set_eee() will need to coordinate with the PHY driver to make sure that EEE is enabled, the link-partner supports it and the auto-negotiation result is satisfactory. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b2f2af21 |
|
24-Sep-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: allow enabling and disable switch ports Whenever a per-port network device is used/unused, invoke the switch driver port_enable/port_disable callbacks to allow saving as much power as possible by disabling unused parts of the switch (RX/TX logic, memory arrays, PHYs...). We supply a PHY device argument to make sure the switch driver can act on the PHY device if needed (like putting/taking the PHY out of deep low power mode). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
19e57c4e |
|
18-Sep-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add {get, set}_wol callbacks to slave devices Allow switch drivers to implement per-port Wake-on-LAN getter and setters. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
24462549 |
|
18-Sep-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to implement suspend/resume hooks Add an abstraction layer to suspend/resume switch devices, doing the following split: - suspend/resume the slave network devices and their corresponding PHY devices - suspend/resume the switch hardware using switch driver callbacks Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6819563e |
|
19-Sep-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: allow switch drivers to specify phy_device::dev_flags Some switch drivers (e.g: bcm_sf2) may have to communicate specific workarounds or flags towards the PHY device driver. Allow switches driver to be delegated that task by introducing a get_phy_flags() callback which will do just that. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b4d2394d |
|
15-Sep-2014 |
Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> |
dsa: Replace mii_bus with a generic host device This change makes it so that instead of passing and storing a mii_bus we instead pass and store a host_dev. From there we can test to determine the exact type of device, and can verify it is the correct device for our switch. So for example it would be possible to pass a device pointer from a pci_dev and instead of checking for a PHY ID we could check for a vendor and/or device ID. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5075314e |
|
15-Sep-2014 |
Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> |
dsa: Split ops up, and avoid assigning tag_protocol and receive separately This change addresses several issues. First, it was possible to set tag_protocol without setting the ops pointer. To correct that I have reordered things so that rcv is now populated before we set tag_protocol. Second, it didn't make much sense to keep setting the device ops each time a new slave was registered. So by moving the receive portion out into root switch initialization that issue should be addressed. Third, I wanted to avoid sending tags if the rcv pointer was not registered so I changed the tag check to verify if the rcv function pointer is set on the root tree. If it is then we start sending DSA tagged frames. Finally I split the device ops pointer in the structures into two spots. I placed the rcv function pointer in the root switch since this makes it easiest to access from there, and I placed the xmit function pointer in the slave for the same reason. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ac7a04c3 |
|
11-Sep-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: change tag_protocol to an enum Now that we introduced an additional multiplexing/demultiplexing layer with commit 3e8a72d1dae37 ("net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks") that lives within the DSA code, we no longer need to have a given switch driver tag_protocol be an actual ethertype value, instead, we can replace it with an enum: dsa_tag_protocol. Do this replacement in the drivers, which allows us to get rid of the cpu_to_be16()/htons() dance, and remove ETH_P_BRCMTAG since we do not need it anymore. Suggested-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5037d532 |
|
27-Aug-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add Broadcom tag RX/TX handler Add support for the 4-bytes Broadcom tag that built-in switches such as the Starfighter 2 might insert when receiving packets, or that we need to insert while targetting specific switch ports. We use a fake local EtherType value for this 4-bytes switch tag: ETH_P_BRCMTAG to make sure we can assign DSA-specific network operations within the DSA drivers. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ce31b31c |
|
27-Aug-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: allow updating fixed PHY link information Allow switch drivers to hook a PHY link update callback to perform port-specific link work. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ec9436ba |
|
27-Aug-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: allow drivers to do link adjustment Whenever libphy determines that the link status of a given PHY/port has changed, allow to call into the switch driver link adjustment callback so proper actions can be taken care of by the switch driver upon link notification. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
5aed85ce |
|
27-Aug-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: allow switches to work without tagging In case switch port tagging is disabled (voluntarily, or the switch just does not support it), allow us to continue using the defined set of dsa_device_ops in net/dsa/slave.c. We introduce dsa_protocol_is_tagged() to check whether we need to override skb->protocol and go through the DSA-specifif packet_type function, or if we just go on and receive the SKB through the normal path. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0d8bcdd3 |
|
27-Aug-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: allow for more complex PHY setups Modify the DSA slave interface to be bound to an arbitray PHY, not just the ones that are available as child PHY devices of the switch MDIO bus. This allows us for instance to have external PHYs connected to a separate MDIO bus, but yet also connected to a given switch port. Under certain configurations, the physical port mask might not be a 1:1 mapping to the MII PHYs mask. This is the case, if e.g: Port 1 of the switch is used and connects to a PHY at a MDIO address different than 1. Introduce a phys_mii_mask variable which allows driver to implement and divert their own MDIO read/writes operations for a subset of the MDIO PHY addresses. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
bd47497a |
|
27-Aug-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: retain a per-port device_node pointer We will later use the per-port device_node pointer to fetch a bunch of port-specific properties. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
fa981d9a |
|
27-Aug-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: provide a switch device device tree node pointer We might need to fetch additional resources from the device tree node pointer, such as register ranges or other properties. Keep a device_node pointer around for this. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3e8a72d1 |
|
27-Aug-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: reduce number of protocol hooks DSA is currently registering one packet_type function per EtherType it needs to intercept in the receive path of a DSA-enabled Ethernet device. Right now we have three of them: trailer, DSA and eDSA, and there might be more in the future, this will not scale to the addition of new protocols. This patch proceeds with adding a new layer of abstraction and two new functions: dsa_switch_rcv() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific receive function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c dsa_slave_xmit() which will dispatch into the tag-protocol specific transmit function implemented by net/dsa/tag_*.c When we do create the per-port slave network devices, we iterate over the switch protocol to assign the DSA-specific receive and transmit operations. A new fake ethertype value is used: ETH_P_XDSA to illustrate the fact that this is no longer going to look like ETH_P_DSA or ETH_P_TRAILER like it used to be. This allows us to greatly simplify the check in eth_type_trans() and always override the skb->protocol with ETH_P_XDSA for Ethernet switches tagged protocol, while also reducing the number repetitive slave netdevice_ops assignments. Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7fa857ed |
|
28-Apr-2014 |
Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> |
net: dsa: add ds_to_priv DSA drivers have a trick which consists in allocating "priv_size" more bytes to account for the DSA driver private context. Add a helper function to access that private context instead of open-coding it in drivers with (void *)(ds + 1). Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ea1f51be |
|
30-Nov-2011 |
Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com> |
dsa: Include linux/if_ether.h to fix build error Include linux/if_ether.h to fix below build errors: CC arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o In file included from arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.c:19: include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_dsa_tags': include/net/dsa.h:192: error: 'ETH_P_DSA' undeclared (first use in this function) include/net/dsa.h:192: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once include/net/dsa.h:192: error: for each function it appears in.) include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_trailer_tags': include/net/dsa.h:197: error: 'ETH_P_TRAILER' undeclared (first use in this function) make[1]: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o] Error 1 make: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood] Error 2 Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c8f0b869 |
|
27-Nov-2011 |
Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> |
dsa: Move all definitions needed by drivers into <net/dsa.h> Any headers included by drivers should be under include/, and any definitions they use are not really private to the core as the name "dsa_priv.h" suggests. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cf50dcc2 |
|
25-Nov-2011 |
Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> |
dsa: Change dsa_uses_{dsa, trailer}_tags() into inline functions eth_type_trans() will use these functions if DSA is enabled, which blocks building DSA as a module. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
e84665c9 |
|
20-Mar-2009 |
Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> |
dsa: add switch chip cascading support The initial version of the DSA driver only supported a single switch chip per network interface, while DSA-capable switch chips can be interconnected to form a tree of switch chips. This patch adds support for multiple switch chips on a network interface. An example topology for a 16-port device with an embedded CPU is as follows: +-----+ +--------+ +--------+ | |eth0 10| switch |9 10| switch | | CPU +----------+ +-------+ | | | | chip 0 | | chip 1 | +-----+ +---++---+ +---++---+ || || || || ||1000baseT ||1000baseT ||ports 1-8 ||ports 9-16 This requires a couple of interdependent changes in the DSA layer: - The dsa platform driver data needs to be extended: there is still only one netdevice per DSA driver instance (eth0 in the example above), but each of the switch chips in the tree needs its own mii_bus device pointer, MII management bus address, and port name array. (include/net/dsa.h) The existing in-tree dsa users need some small changes to deal with this. (arch/arm) - The DSA and Ethertype DSA tagging modules need to be extended to use the DSA device ID field on receive and demultiplex the packet accordingly, and fill in the DSA device ID field on transmit according to which switch chip the packet is heading to. (net/dsa/tag_{dsa,edsa}.c) - The concept of "CPU port", which is the switch chip port that the CPU is connected to (port 10 on switch chip 0 in the example), needs to be extended with the concept of "upstream port", which is the port on the switch chip that will bring us one hop closer to the CPU (port 10 for both switch chips in the example above). - The dsa platform data needs to specify which ports on which switch chips are links to other switch chips, so that we can enable DSA tagging mode on them. (For inter-switch links, we always use non-EtherType DSA tagging, since it has lower overhead. The CPU link uses dsa or edsa tagging depending on what the 'root' switch chip supports.) This is done by specifying "dsa" for the given port in the port array. - The dsa platform data needs to be extended with information on via which port to reach any given switch chip from any given switch chip. This info is specified via the per-switch chip data struct ->rtable[] array, which gives the nexthop ports for each of the other switches in the tree. For the example topology above, the dsa platform data would look something like this: static struct dsa_chip_data sw[2] = { { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 1, .port_names[0] = "p1", .port_names[1] = "p2", .port_names[2] = "p3", .port_names[3] = "p4", .port_names[4] = "p5", .port_names[5] = "p6", .port_names[6] = "p7", .port_names[7] = "p8", .port_names[9] = "dsa", .port_names[10] = "cpu", .rtable = (s8 []){ -1, 9, }, }, { .mii_bus = &foo, .sw_addr = 2, .port_names[0] = "p9", .port_names[1] = "p10", .port_names[2] = "p11", .port_names[3] = "p12", .port_names[4] = "p13", .port_names[5] = "p14", .port_names[6] = "p15", .port_names[7] = "p16", .port_names[10] = "dsa", .rtable = (s8 []){ 10, -1, }, }, }, static struct dsa_platform_data pd = { .netdev = &foo, .nr_switches = 2, .sw = sw, }; Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Gary Thomas <gary@mlbassoc.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
396138f0 |
|
07-Oct-2008 |
Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> |
dsa: add support for Trailer tagging format This adds support for the Trailer switch tagging format. This is another tagging that doesn't explicitly mark tagged packets with a distinct ethertype, so that we need to add a similar hack in the receive path as for the Original DSA tagging format. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
cf85d08f |
|
07-Oct-2008 |
Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> |
dsa: add support for original DSA tagging format Most of the DSA switches currently in the field do not support the Ethertype DSA tagging format that one of the previous patches added support for, but only the original DSA tagging format. The original DSA tagging format carries the same information as the Ethertype DSA tagging format, but with the difference that it does not have an ethertype field. In other words, when receiving a packet that is tagged with an original DSA tag, there is no way of telling in eth_type_trans() that this packet is in fact a DSA-tagged packet. This patch adds a hook into eth_type_trans() which is only compiled in if support for a switch chip that doesn't support Ethertype DSA is selected, and which checks whether there is a DSA switch driver instance attached to this network device which uses the old tag format. If so, it sets the protocol field to ETH_P_DSA without looking at the packet, so that the packet ends up in the right place. Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
91da11f8 |
|
07-Oct-2008 |
Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org> |
net: Distributed Switch Architecture protocol support Distributed Switch Architecture is a protocol for managing hardware switch chips. It consists of a set of MII management registers and commands to configure the switch, and an ethernet header format to signal which of the ports of the switch a packet was received from or is intended to be sent to. The switches that this driver supports are typically embedded in access points and routers, and a typical setup with a DSA switch looks something like this: +-----------+ +-----------+ | | RGMII | | | +-------+ +------ 1000baseT MDI ("WAN") | | | 6-port +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN1") | CPU | | ethernet +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN2") | |MIImgmt| switch +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN3") | +-------+ w/5 PHYs +------ 1000baseT MDI ("LAN4") | | | | +-----------+ +-----------+ The switch driver presents each port on the switch as a separate network interface to Linux, polls the switch to maintain software link state of those ports, forwards MII management interface accesses to those network interfaces (e.g. as done by ethtool) to the switch, and exposes the switch's hardware statistics counters via the appropriate Linux kernel interfaces. This initial patch supports the MII management interface register layout of the Marvell 88E6123, 88E6161 and 88E6165 switch chips, and supports the "Ethertype DSA" packet tagging format. (There is no officially registered ethertype for the Ethertype DSA packet format, so we just grab a random one. The ethertype to use is programmed into the switch, and the switch driver uses the value of ETH_P_EDSA for this, so this define can be changed at any time in the future if the one we chose is allocated to another protocol or if Ethertype DSA gets its own officially registered ethertype, and everything will continue to work.) Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Tested-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com> Tested-by: Byron Bradley <byron.bbradley@gmail.com> Tested-by: Tim Ellis <tim.ellis@mac.com> Tested-by: Peter van Valderen <linux@ddcrew.com> Tested-by: Dirk Teurlings <dirk@upexia.nl> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|